2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 10.1.2" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<title></title>
<style type="text/css">
/*
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
* compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
* Licence: Public Domain
*
* Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
*/
* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
img { border: 0; margin: 15px; max-width:90% }
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
/*** Layout ***/
body { margin: 10px 20px; }
#header br { display: none; }
#revnumber { display: block; }
#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
#preamble .sectionbody,
h2,
h3,
h4,
h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.admonitionblock,
.listingblock,
.sidebarblock,
.exampleblock,
.tableblock,
.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
.tableblock thead th,
.tableblock tbody td,
.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
.ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
ol { margin-left: 2em; }
dd { margin-left: 3em; }
td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
/*** Fonts ***/
body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
h2 { font-size: 160%; }
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
h3 { font-size: 150%; } /* 1.35em */
h4 { font-size: 140%; } /* 1.2em */
h5 { font-size: 130%; } /* 1em */
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
font-weight: bold;
}
tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
font-style: italic;
}
.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { display: inline-block; }
h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.tableblock table {
border-collapse: collapse;
border-width: 3px;
border-color: #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
}
.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
border-left: none;
}
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
border-top: 1px solid white;
border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tr td p.table,
.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
border: 0px;
}
tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
li { color: #a0a0a0; }
li > * { color: black; }
span.aqua { color: aqua; }
span.black { color: black; }
span.blue { color: blue; }
span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
span.gray { color: gray; }
span.green { color: green; }
span.lime { color: lime; }
span.maroon { color: maroon; }
span.navy { color: navy; }
span.olive { color: olive; }
span.purple { color: purple; }
span.red { color: red; }
span.silver { color: silver; }
span.teal { color: teal; }
span.white { color: white; }
span.yellow { color: yellow; }
span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
span.black-background { background: black; }
span.blue-background { background: blue; }
span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
span.gray-background { background: gray; }
span.green-background { background: green; }
span.lime-background { background: lime; }
span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
span.navy-background { background: navy; }
span.olive-background { background: olive; }
span.purple-background { background: purple; }
span.red-background { background: red; }
span.silver-background { background: silver; }
span.teal-background { background: teal; }
span.white-background { background: white; }
span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
span.big { font-size: 2em; }
span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
/*** Misc ***/
.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
.attribution { text-align: right; }
ul { list-style-type: disc; }
ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
@media screen {
body {
max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
margin-left: 16em;
}
#toc {
position: fixed;
top: 0;
left: 0;
bottom: 0;
width: 13em;
padding: 0.5em;
padding-bottom: 1.5em;
margin: 0;
overflow: auto;
border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
background-color: white;
}
#toc .toclevel1 {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
#toc .toclevel2 {
margin-top: 0.25em;
display: list-item;
color: #aaaaaa;
}
#toctitle {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
}
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
/*<+'])');
// Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
// nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
// browsers).
var iterate = function (el) {
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
}
iterate(i);
}
}
}
iterate(el);
return result;
}
var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
if (!toc) {
return;
}
// Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
var i;
for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
&& entry.getAttribute("class")
&& entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild TOC entries.
var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
var entry = entries[i];
if (entry.element.id == "")
entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
var a = document.createElement("a");
a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
var div = document.createElement("div");
div.appendChild(a);
div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
toc.appendChild(div);
}
if (entries.length == 0)
toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
},
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Footnotes generator
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Based on footnote generation code from:
* http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
*/
footnotes: function () {
// Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
var i;
var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
if (!noteholder) {
return;
}
var entriesToRemove = [];
for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
entriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild footnote entries.
var cont = document.getElementById("content");
var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
var refs = {};
var n = 0;
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
n++;
var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
if (!note) {
// Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
// Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
}
noteholder.innerHTML +=
"<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
"<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
}
}
if (n == 0)
noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
else {
// Process footnoterefs.
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
n = refs[href];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
}
}
}
},
install: function(toclevels) {
var timerId;
function reinstall() {
asciidoc.footnotes();
if (toclevels) {
asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
}
}
function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
clearInterval(timerId);
reinstall();
}
timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
if (document.addEventListener)
document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
else
window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
}
}
asciidoc.install(3);
/*]]>*/
</script>
</head>
<body class="article">
<div id="header">
</div>
<div id="content">
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves,
Stefan Fuchs</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.8, Septembre 2018</em></span></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
Souhaitez-vous inclure facilement les positions GPS des sites de plongées
dans votre carnet de plongée ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
partir de tous ces équipements de plongée, en enregistrant et en analysant
ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
d’accéder à votre carnet de plongées sur chaque système d’exploitation en
utilisant une application unique.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
exemple Mares ou scubapro) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et
d’analyser vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes
d’exploitation.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
plongée sur Internet, vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Souhaitez-vous pouvoir accéder ou modifier votre carnet de plongée en
utilisant un smartphone ?
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win 7 ou plus récent, à partir de
la version 4.6 de <em>Subsurface</em>), les Macs basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X)
et de nombreuses distributions Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour
bien plus de plateformes matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et
libdivecomputer sont disponibles.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce manuel explique comment utiliser le programme <em>Subsurface</em>. Pour
installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
2024-05-31 21:42:51 +00:00
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL.md inclus dans les sources
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
logicielles.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
professionnels</p></div>
<div id="toc">
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel ne dispose pas de
contrôles externes pour la pagination ou la sélection des pages
précédentes. Cependant, deux options sont disponibles:</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La fonction <em>RECHERCHE</em> est activée avec le raccourci clavier Contrôle-F ou
Commande-F. Une boîte de texte apparaît en bas à droite de la fenêtre (voir
image ci-dessous). Par exemple, entrer le mot "<em>weights</em>" dans la boîte de
texte de recherche lancera la recherche dans tout le manuel utilisateur. À
droite de la boîte de recherche se trouvent deux flèches, l’une vers le haut
l’autre vers le bas. Elles mènent respectivement vers l’occurence précédente
et suivante du terme recherché.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualSearch.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>LIEN PRÉCÉDENT/SUIVANT</em>. Naviguez entre les liens (les mots soulignés qui
vous conduisent vers des sections précises du manuel utilisateur) en
cliquant-droit sur le texte du manuel. Cela fera apparaître un menu
contextuel vers les liens PRÉCÉDENTS sélectionnés (voir image
ci-dessous). Par exemple, si un lien a été sélectionné, l’option <em>Retour
lien précédent</em> affiche le texte au lien précédent sélectionné (comme le
fait le bouton Page Précédente d’un navigateur). Inversement, l’option
<em>Aller au lien suivant</em> navigue vers le texte vu avant l’utilisation de
l’option <em>Retour lien précédent</em>. L’option <em>Recharger</em> recharge le manuel
utilisateur complet dans la fenêtre.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualLinksBack.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> pour servir ses utilisateurs de la
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
meilleur manière qui soit, il est important d’avoir des informations sur les
utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir utilisé le logiciel
pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage apparait. Cela est
complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles informations sont
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
envoyées ou non à l’équipe de développement de <em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
données que l’utilisateur envoie sont utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour
les futurs développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux
aux besoins des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage
ou cliquez sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la
dernière communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos
habitudes de plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez
envoyer un nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option
<em>--survey</em> sur la ligne de commande.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
principal</strong> (Fichier Édition Importer Journal Vue Partager Aide) en haut de
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
la fenêtre (pour Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l’écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Unity). Les quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, affichant toutes les plongées du
journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut être
sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant dessus. Dans
la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisées pour passer
d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil important pour
manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. L’échelle de la carte
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
peut être augmentée ou réduite.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
en surbrillance.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. Vous
pouvez zoomer sur le profil de plongée pour une vue plus détaillée.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
positions.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. Si
plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en surbrillance est
la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les plongées mises en
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Statistiques</strong> du panneau
<strong>Informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les durées, les
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et nombre de
plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Décider quels panneaux sont affichés, parmi les 4, en sélectionnant l’option
<strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité permet plusieurs choix
d’affichage :</p></div>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d’écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme d’autres fonctions auxquelles on peut accéder via le menu principal,
ces options peuvent aussi être activées par des raccourcis clavier. Les
raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un souligné dans
les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes d’exploitation et
langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes touches de raccourcis et ne
sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
information, parce qu’il n’a aucune information de plongée disponible. Dans
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
les sections suivantes, la procédure pour créer un nouveau carnet de plongée
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
sera détaillée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> comporte plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
données de plongée au carnet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
de
carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
n’a pas
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
à la main</a>
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
tableur
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
</p>
</li>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</ul></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une plongée est enregistrée par un ordinateur de plongée, le profil de
profondeur et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
obtenues. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a>;
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
plongée. Voir
<a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
Tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de plongées.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>C’est en général l’approche des plongées sans ordinateur. L’enregistrement
de l’information de base dans <em>Subsurface</em> est une plongée. L’information la
plus importante dans un simple carnet de plongée inclut généralement le type
de plongée, la date et l’heure, la durée, la profondeur, le nom des
équipiers et du moniteur ou du guide de palanquée, et quelques remarques à
propos de la plongée. <em>Subsurface</em> peut stocker bien plus d’informations
pour chaque plongée. Pour ajouter une plongée au carnet, sélectionner
<em>Journal → Ajouter une plongée</em> depuis le menu principal. Le logiciel
affiche alors trois panneaux sur lesquels on peut entrer des informations
pour une plongée: deux onglets dans le panneau <strong>Informations</strong> (<strong>Notes</strong> et
<strong>Équipement</strong>), ainsi que le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> qui affiche un
profil graphique pour chaque ploingée. Ces panneaux sont respectivement
marqués <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> et <span class="red">C</span> dans l’llustration ci-dessous. Chaque
de ces onglets sera expliqué pour l’entrée de données.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque vous éditez un champ dans Notes ou Équipement, <em>Subsurface</em> entre en
<strong>Mode édition</strong>, indiqué par un message dans une boîte bleue en haut du
panneau <strong>Notes</strong> (voir image ci-dessous). Ce message est affiché dans tous
les panneau sous Notes et Équipement en <strong>Mode édition</strong>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le bouton <em>Appliquer les modifications</em> ne doit être cliqué qu’après avoir
complété toutes les parties d’une plongée. Lors de l’entrée manuelle d’une
plongée, les onglets <em>Informations</em>, <em>Équipement</em> et <em>Profil</em> doivent être
complétés avant d’appliquer les modifications. En cliquant le bouton
<em>Appliquer les modifications</em>, une copie locale des informations d’une
plongée sont sauvegardées dans la mémoire, mais ne sont pas écrites sur le
disque. Le bouton <em>Appliquer lesmodifications</em> ne devrait UNIQUEMENT être
utilisé qu’après avoir entré toutes les informations d’une plongée. En
quittant Subsurface, le logiciel demandera si les carnet de plongée complet
doit être enregistré sur le disque ou non.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Création d’un profil de plongée</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> (une représentation graphique de la profondeur d’une
plongée en fonction du temps) est affiché dans le panneau en haut à droite
de la fenêtre de <em>Subsurface</em>. Lorsqu’il est ajouté manuellement au carnet,
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> affiche un profil de plongée par défaut qui nécessite d’être
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
modifié pour représenter au mieux la plongée décrite:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifier le profile de plongée</em>: lorsque le curseur est déplacé dans la
zone du profil, sa position est affichée par deux lignes rouges à angle
droit, comme illustré ci-dessous. Le temps et la profondeur sont représentés
en haut de la boîte noire d’information (@ et D). Les unités
(métriques/impériales) sur les axes sont déterminées dans les réglages des
<strong>Préférences</strong>. Le profil de plongée lui-même comporte plusieurs segments de
ligne séparés par des points de passage (les points blancs sur le profil,
voir ci-dessous). La profondeur par défaut d’une plongée est de 15m. Si la
prfondeur de votre plongée était de 20m, vous devez glisser le point de
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
passage approprié jusqu’à 20m. Pour ajouter un point de passage,
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
double-cliquez sur n’importe quel segment de la ligne. Pour bouger un point
de passage supplémentaire, glissez-le. Le bouger peut également être réalisé
en le sélectionnant et en utilisant les flèches du clavier. Pour supprimer
un point de passage, faites un clic-droit dessus et choisissez "Supprimer ce
point" dans le menu contextuel. Glissez les points de passage pour
représenter une durée correspondante à celle de votre plongée. Ci-dessous se
trouve un profil pour une plongée à 20m durant 30min, suivie d’un palier de
sécurité de 5 minutes à 5 m.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Spécifier la composition du gaz:</em> la composition du gaz utilisé est
indiquée le long des segments de ligne du profil de plongée. Ceci est le
réglage par défaut pour le premier mélange gazeux spécifié dans l’ongle
<strong>Équipement</strong>, qui était de l’air dans le cas du profil ci-dessus. Les
mélanges gazeux des segments du profil peuvent être modifiés dans
cliquant-droit sur un point de passage précis et en sélectionnant le gaz
approprié dans le menu contextuel. Changer un gaz à un point de passage
modifie le gaz affiché dans le segment <em>à droite</em> du point de passage. Notez
que seuls les gaz définis dans l’onglet <strong>Équipement</strong> apparaissent dans le
menu contextuel (voir image ci-dessous).</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois le profil déterminé, d’autres détails doivent être ajoutés pour
obtenir un enregistrement complet de la plongée. Pour y arriver, les onglets
<strong>Notes</strong> et <strong>Équipement</strong> en haut à gauche de la fenêtre de <em>Subsurface</em>
doivent être utilisés. Cliquez sur <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>ce lien</strong></a> pour plus
d’informations sur l’utilisation de ces onglets.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_connecter_et_importer_des_données_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">5.2.1. Connecter et importer des données depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisation d’ordinateurs de plongée permet la collecte d’un grand nombre
d’informations à propos de chaque plongée, comme un enregistrement détaillé
de la profondeur, la durée, la vitesse de remontée ou de descente et les
pression partielles des gaz. <em>Subsurface</em> peut récupérer ces informations,
en utilisant les données venant d’une grande variété d’ordinateurs de
plongée. La liste la plus récente des ordinateurs supportés peut être trouvé
ici:
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">Ordinateurs
de plongée supportés</a>.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<table><tr>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<td class="content">Certains ordinateurs de plongée consomme plus d’énergie lorsqu’ils sont en
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
mode Communication PC. <strong>Ceci peut consommer une grande partie de la
batterie de votre ordinateur de plongée</strong>. Nous recommandons à l’utilisateur
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
de vérifier que l’ordinateur de plongée est chargé lorsqu’il est connecté au
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
port USB du PC. Par exemple, certains ordinateurs Suunto et Mares ne se
rechargent pas via la connection USB. Les utilisateurs doivent se reporter
au manuel de leur ordinateur de plongée s’ils ne savent pas si leur
ordinateur de plongée recharge ou non ses batteries lorsqu’il est connecté
au port USB.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour importer les informations depuis un ordinateur de plongée vers un
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em>, les deux pièces d’équipement doivent
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
communiquer entre elles. Ceci implique la configuration des ports de
communication (ou point de montage) de l’ordinateur sur lequel tourne
<em>Subsurface</em> qui communique avec l’ordinateur de plongée. Pour configurer
cette communication, les utilisateurs doivent trouver l’information
appropriée pour renseigner à <em>Subsurface</em> d’où et comment importer les
informations de
plongée.
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<a href="#appendix_a">Annexe A</a> donne les informations techniques pour aider l’utilisateur à configurer
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
ceci pour les différents systèmes d’exploitation et
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Annexe
B</a> contient des informations spécifiques à chaque ordinateur de plongée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Après ceci, l’ordinateur de plongée peut être branché au PC de l’utilisateur
en suivant ces étapes:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Le cable d’interface doit être connecté à un port USB libre (ou une
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
connection infra-rouge
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
ou Bluetooth doit être configurée comme décrit ultérieurement dans ce
manuel)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
L’ordinateur de plongée doit être placé en mode Communication PC.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
(Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Dans <em>Subsurface</em>, depuis le menu principal, sélectionner <em>Importer →
Importer depuis l’ordinateur de plongée</em>. La boîte de dialogue <strong>A</strong> apparaît
comme sur la figure ci-dessous:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les ordinateurs de plongée gardent généralement un certain nombre de
plongées en mémoire, même si ces plongées ont déjà été importées dans
<em>Subsurface</em>. Pour cette raison, si l’ordinateur de plongée le permet,
<em>Subsurface</em> importe uniquement les plongées qui n’ont pas été téléchargées
précédemment. Cela accélère le processus de téléchargement sur la plupart
des ordinateurs de plongée et cela économise la batterie de l’ordinateur de
plongée (en tout cas pour ceux qui ne se rechargent pas via USB).</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La boîte de dialogue propose deux menus déroulants, <strong>Fournisseur</strong> et
<strong>Ordinateur de plongée</strong>. Dans le menu déroulant <strong>Fournisseur</strong>, sélectionnez
la marque de l’ordinateur, p. ex. Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. Dans le
menu déroulant <strong>Ordinateur de plongée</strong>, le nom du modèle doit être
sélectionné, p. ex. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), ou Puck (Mares).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Le menu déroulant <strong>Périphérique ou point de montage</strong> le nom du port USB ou
Bluetooth dont <em>Subsurface</em> a besoin pour communiquer avec l’ordinateur de
plongée. Le port approprié doit être sélectionné. Consultez
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<a href="#appendix_a">Annexe A</a> et
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Annexe
B</a> pour obtenir des détails techniques sur la façon de trouver des
informations sur le port approprié à chaque ordinateur de plongée et, dans
certains cas, sur les réglages requis pour le système d’exploitation de
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
l’ordinateur sur lequel <em>Subsurface</em> fonctionne. Certains ordinateurs de
plongée désactivent ce menu déroulant puisqu’ils utilisent d’autres moyens
pour trouver et se connecter au périphérique. Pour certains, les données
entrées ici sont en fait le point de montage USB tel que s’identifie
l’ordinateur de plongée lui-même.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Below the three drop downs are up to four shortcut buttons that allow you to
easily switch between multiple dive computers that you are frequently
downloading from. These buttons only appear once you have downloaded from
different dive computers.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Si toutes les plongées de l’ordinateur de plongée doivent être téléchargées,
cochez la case <em>Forcer le téléchargement de toutes les
plongées</em>. Normalement, <em>Subsurface</em> télécharge uniquement les plongées
postérieures à la date et heure de la dernière plongée du panneau <strong>Liste des
plongées</strong>. Si une ou plusieurs de vos plongées ont été accidentellement
effacées de <em>Subsurface</em> ou si des plongées plus anciennes doivent encore
être téléchargées depuis l’ordinateur de plongée, cette case doit être
cochée. Certains ordinateurs de plongée (p. ex. Mares Puck) ne proposent pas
de liste à <em>Subsurface</em> avant le téléchargement qui permettrait de n’en
sélectionner que certaines. Par conséquent, pour ces ordinateurs de
plongées, toutes les plongées sont téléchargées quel que soit le statut de
cette case à cocher.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Si la case <em>Toujours préférer les plongées téléchargées</em> a été cochée et
que, durant le téléchargement, des plongées avec date et heure identiques se
trouvent sur l’ordinateur de plongée et dans le panneau <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>
de <em>Subsurface</em>, la plongée dans le carnet de <em>Subsurface</em> sera écrasée par
l’enregistrement de l’ordinateur de plongée.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La case à cocher <em>Télécharger dans un nouveau voyage</em> assure que, après
l’importation, les plongées téléchargées seront regroupées ensemble dans un
nouveau voyage dans la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Ne cochez <strong>pas</strong> les cases nommées <em>Sauvegarder le fichier log de
libdivecomputer</em> et <em>Sauvegarder le fichier de données brutes de
libdivecomputer</em>. Elles sont uniquement utilisées comme outils de diagnostic
lorsque des problèmes de téléchargement se présentent (voir ci-dessous).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton <em>Télécharger</em>. Une fois la communication
établie, vous pouvez voir comment les données sont récupérées depuis
l’ordinateur de plongée. Selon la marque de l’ordinateur de plongée et/ou le
nombre de plongées enregistrées, cela peut prendre un certain temps. Soyez
patient. En bas de la boîte de dialogue de <em>Téléchargement</em>, vous trouverez
une barre de progression. Rappelez-vous que pour certains ordinateurs de
plongée, l’information de progression peut être incorrecte, puisque
<em>Subsurface</em> ne connait pas la quantité de données à télécharger tant que le
téléchargement n’est pas terminé. Après le téléchargement des plongées,
elles apparaissent sous forme de tableau dans la partie droite de la boîte
de dialogue (voir image <strong>B</strong>, ci-dessus). Chaque plongée comporte une rangée
dans le tableau, montrant la date, la durée et la profoneur. À côté de
chaque plongée se trouve une case à cocher: cochez toutes les plongées qui
doivent être transférées vers la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>. Dans le cas de
l’image ci-dessus, les six dernières plongées sont cochées et seront
transférées vers la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton <em>OK</em>
en bas de la boîte de dialogue. Toutes les plongées importées apparaissent
dans la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>, classées par date et heure. Déconnectez et
éteignez l’ordinateur de plongée pour économiser sa batterie.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
S’il y a un problème de communication avec l’ordinateur de plongée, un
message d’erreur s’affiche, semblable à ce texte: "Impossible d’ouvrir
/dev/ttyUSB0 Mares (Puck Pro)". Rapportez-vous au texte dans le boîte de
dialogue ci-dessous.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLÈMES AVEC LE TÉLÉCHARGEMENT DES DONNÉS DE L’ORDINATEUR DE PLONGÉE?</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Vérifiez les éléments suivants:</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
L’ordinateur de plongée est-il en mode Communication PC ou Téléchargement?
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La batterie de l’ordinateur de plongée est-elle complètement chargée? Si ce
n’est pas le cas, chargez-la ou remplacez-la.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
Le câble de connexion est-il fautif ? Le câble fonctionne-t-il avec d’autres
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
logiciels? A-t-il fonctionné précédemment, ou est-ce la première fois que ce
câble est utilisé? Les contacts sur l’ordinateur de plongée et le câble
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
sont-ils propres ?
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Consultez
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<a href="#appendix_a">Annexe A</a> pour être certain que le point de montage correct a été spécifié (voir
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
ci-dessus).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Sur les systèmes d’exploitation de type Unix, l’utilisateur a-t-il les
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
droits d’écriture sur le port USB? Si non, consultez
<a href="#appendix_a">Annexe A</a>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si l’ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em> ne reconnaît pas l’adaptateur USB en
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
ne montrant pas le bon nom de périphérique à côté du Point de montage, il
est possible que le câble ou l’adaptateur USB soit fautif. Un câble
défectueux est la cause la plus courante de problème de communication entre
un ordinateur de plongée et <em>Subsurface</em>. Il est également possible que
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> ne puisse pas interpréter les données. Réalisez un
téléchargement de diagnostic en cochant les deux cases suivantes dans la
boîte de dialogue de téléchargement décrite ci-dessus:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: ces cases à cocher ne doivent être utilisées qu’en cas de problème
durant le processus de téléchargement. En temps normal, elles ne doivent pas être cochées.
En cochant ces cases, l’utilisateur doit sélectionner un dossier où l’information sera enregistrée. Le dossier par défaut est celui dans lequel
le carnet de
<em>Subsurface</em> est stocké.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>après un téléchargement avec les cases ci-dessus
cochées, aucune plongée n’est ajoutée à la
<strong>Liste des plongées</strong> mais deux fichiers sont créés dans le dossier sélectionné précédemment</em>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ces fichiers doivent être envoyés à la liste de diffusion de <em>Subsurface</em>:
<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> avec une demande d’analyse des
fichieres. Précisez la marque et le modèle de l’ordinateur ainsi que des
informations relatives aux plongées enregistrées sur l’ordinateur de
plongée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connexion de <em>Subsurface</em> à un ordinateur de plongée équipé de Bluetooth</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
computers and <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system
independent Bluetooth interface. An increasing number of dive computers use
Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) as a means of communication. However, BTLE is
not a standardised protocol, consequently adaptations need to be made for
communicating with each different dive computer model. See the
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">list
of supported dive computers</a>. Bluetooth communication is often more
reliable if all Bluetooth devices seen by the <em>Subsurface</em> computer are
removed and pairing with the Bluetooth dive computer is performed from
afresh. The Bluetooth and BTLE interfaces are under active development with
respect to new dive computers that use this mechanism of communication.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La configuration de <em>Subsurface</em> pour une communication Bluetooth nécessite
4 étapes :</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Vérifiez que Blutooth est activé sur l’ordinateur sur lequel <em>Subsurface</em>
est actif.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Vérifiez que <em>Subsurface</em> détecte l’adaptateur Bluetooth de l’ordinateur.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Vérifiez que l’ordinateur de plongée Bluetooth est détectable et en mode
Connection PC.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Vérifiez que <em>Subsurface</em> est jumelé avec l’ordinateur de plongée Bluetooth.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Faites apparaître la boîte de dialogue de téléchargement en sélectionnant
<em>Importer → Importer depuis l’ordinateur de plongée</em> depuis le <strong>Menu
principal</strong>. Après avoir coché la case <em>"Choisir le mode de téléchargement
Bluetooth"</em>, la boîte de dialogue ci-dessous apparaît.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Although the <em>Subsurface</em> Bluetooth interface is intended to function
without Bluetooth pairing at the operating system level, it is always
prudent to follow up initial Bluetooth pairing problems by pairing the
Bluetooth dive computer with the <em>Subsurface</em> computer using the operating
system services of the desktop computer. Delete all existing pairings and
start by scanning for Bluetooth devices from an empty list (on the desktop)
of Bluetooth devices. Once <em>Subsurface</em> has recognised the Bluetooth dive
computer, subsequent divelog downloads are likely to be simple.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les plateformes <em>Linux</em> ou -MacOS_, le nom de l’ordinateur utilisant
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
Subsurface_ et son adresse Bluetooth sont affichées du côté droit. L’état
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
(allumé/éteint) de l’adaptateur Bluetooth est affiché sous l’adresse et peut
être modifié en cliquer sur la case <em>Allumer/éteindre</em>. Si l’adresse
Bluetooth n’est pas affichée, <em>Subsurface</em> ne détecte pas le périphérique
Bluetooth local. Assurez-vous que le driver Bluetooth est installé
correctement sur l’ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em> et vérifiez qu’il peut
être utilisé par d’autres utilitaires Bluetooth comme <em>bluetoothctl</em> ou
<em>bluemoon</em>. Ceci clôture les deux premières étapes. Vérifiez que
l’ordinateur de plongée avec Bluetooth est en mode Connexion PC et est
détectable pour d’autres périphériques Bluetooth. Consultez le manuel de
l’ordinateur de plongée pour plus d’information. À présent, la troisième
étape de notre liste est terminée. Sélectionnez le bouton <em>Scannez</em> en bas
à gauche de la boîte de dialogue ci-dessus. Après la recherche, l’ordinateur
de plongée devrait se trouver dans la liste (peut-être sous la norme d’un
numéro de périphérique Bluetooth) dans la liste principale sur la gauche de
la boîte de dialogue (voir image ci-dessus). Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
sélectionnez le bouton <em>Effacer</em>, puis scannez à nouveau en utilisant le
bouton <em>Scan</em>. Après avoir suivi cette procédure, <em>Subsurface</em> devrait voir
l’ordinateur de plongée. La dénomination de l’ordinateur de plongée détecté
contient le nom du périphérique, son adresse et son statut de jumelage. Si
le périphérique n’est pas jumelé et que son nom est affiché avec un
arrière-plan rouge, un menu contextuel peut être ouvert en sélectionnant ce
nom avec un cli-droit. Sélectionnez l’option <em>Jumeler</em> et attendez que la
tâche soit terminée. Si l’ordinateur est jumelé à Subsurface pour la
première fois, il est possible que Subsurface demande un nombre ou un code
PIN. Le plus utilisé est 0000, et c’est celui qui fonctionne pour un
Shearwater Petrel. Si nécessaire, consultez le manuel utilisateur de
l’ordinateur de plongée que vous utilisez.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Actuellement, <em>Subsurface</em> ne supporte par le jumelage Bluetooth avec les
ordinateurs de plongée qui nécessitent un code PIN personnalisé. Pour
jumeler ces périphériques, utiliser les utilitaires du système
d’exploitation comme suggéré ci-dessous.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une façon d’y parvenir est d’utiliser <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
Request PIN code
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que les péréphériques sont jumelés, cliquer sur le bouton
<em>Enregistrer</em> de la boîte de dialogue. Ceci fermera la boîte de dialogue
Bluetooth. Ensuite, sélectionnez <em>Télécharger</em> dans la boîte de dialogue
<em>Télécharger depuis l’ordinateur de plongée</em> qui devrait encore être
ouverte. Les plongées téléchargées sont affichées dans la partie droite de
la boîte de dialogue de téléchargement.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous <em>Windows</em>, les <em>Détails du périphérique Bluetooth local</em> à droite ne
sont pas affichés comme dans les sytèmes Linux/Mac. Pour démarrer un scan
(en appuyant sur le bouton <em>Scan</em>), vérifiez que le périphérique Bluetooth
sur l’ordinateur de <em>Subsurface</em> est activé en sélectionnant l’ordinateur de
plongée dans la liste des périphériques Bluetooth disponibles (voir image
ci-dessus). Si l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à Subsurface pour la
première fois, il est possible que Subsurface demande un nombre ou un code
PIN. Entrez le code indiqué dans le manuel utilisateur de l’ordinatuer de
plongée. Un code ou PIN de 0000 est souvent le code par défaut.</p></div>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’étape de jumelage est vérifiée et réalisée automatiquement durant le
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
processus de téléchargement. Si les périphériques n’ont pas encore été
jumelés, le système demandera l’autorisation de le faire et affichera un
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
message sur la partie droite de l’écran. <em>Ajouter un périphérique</em>, <em>Tapez
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
pour configurer votre périphérique</em>. <em>Toujours autoriser le jumelage. Après
la sélection d’un item découvert, cliquez sur le bouton
_Enregistrer</em>. Enfin, sélectionnez le bouton "Télécharger_ dans la boîte de
dialogue de téléchargement et attendez la fin du processus.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Actuellement, <em>Subsurface</em> ne fonctionne qu’avec les adaptateurs Bluetooth
locaux qui utilisent Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. Si le périphérique local
utilise des drivers <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> ou
<em>BlueSoleil</em>, cela ne fonctionnera pas. Cependant, les clés/dongles de ces
fabricants (p. ex. iSonic) qui supportent le Microsoft Bluetooth Stack
fonctionneront.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un journal de message (log) en bas à gauche de la <em>sélection de périphérique
Bluetooth distant</em> affiche des détails sur le statut actuel du l’agent
Bluetooth. Pour sélectionner un autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant la
"boîte de dialogue de sélection Bluetooth distant", cliquez sur le bouton
avec trois points à côté de l’option <em>"Choisir le mode de téléchargement
Bluetooth"</em>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<td class="content">The Subsurface support for BLTE dive computers on Windows is <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong>
and only supported on Windows 10. Please make sure that you have the latest
version of Windows 10.
<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_10_version_history#Version_1803_(April_2018_Update)">Version
1803</a> is a minimum requirement. Also make sure that you have installed the
latest drivers for your motherboard and/or BTLE dongle.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content"><strong>EN CAS DE PROBLÈMES</strong>: si l’adaptateur Bluetooth de l’ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em>
se bloque et que le processus de <em>téléchargement</em> échoue de façon répétée,
<em>dissociez</em> les périphériques et répétez les étapes ci-dessus. Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
l' <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Annexe A</em></a> contient
des informations sur la configuration manuelle et la vérification de la connection Bluetooth
avec <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changement du nom d’un ordinateur de plongée</h4>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Il peut être nécessaire d’établir une distinction entre différents
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
ordinateurs de plongée utilisés pour télécharger des données de plongée vers
<em>Subsurface</em>. Par exemple, si l’ordinateur d’un équipier provient du même
fabriquant et est dun même modèle que le votre et que les données sont
téléchargées vers le même ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em>, vous voudirez
sans doute en appeler un "Suunto D4 d’Alice" et l’autre "Suunto D4 de
Bob". Ou encore, imaginez un plongeur Tek qui plonge avec deux ordinateurs
ou plus; les données pourraient toutes être téléchargées. Dans ce cas, il
serait prident de les appeler "Suunto D4 (1)" et "Suunto D4 (2)". Ceci est
facilement réalisable dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Dans le <strong>Menu principal</strong>,
sélectionnez <em>Journal → Éditer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em>. Une
boîte de dialogue s’ouvre, affichant le modèle actuel, son ID et le nom des
ordinateurs utilisés pour le téléchargement. Éditez le champ Nom de
l’ordinateur de plongée concerné. Après avoir sauvegardé le Nom, le journal
de plongée affiche le nom de l’ordinateur concerné à la place du nom du
modèle, permettant une identification plus facile des périphériques.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_MultipleDiveComputers">5.2.4. Chargement des données d’une plongée spécifique depuis plusieurs ordinateurs de plongée</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Certains plongeurs utilisent plus d’un ordinateur de plongée en même,temps,
par exemple en plongée technique. Si vous importez les profils de ces
différents ordinateurs de plongée dans <em>Subsurface</em>, les profils peuvent
être vu indépendemment. Pendant le téléchargement, les données de ces
ordinateurs de plongée sont automatiquement fusionnées en une seule
plongée. Les différents profils sont présentés dans le panneau <em>Profil</em> avec
le nom de chaque ordinateur de plongée indiqué en bas à gauche. <strong>Lorsque la
plongée est en surbrillance dans la <em>Liste des plongées</em></strong>, passez du profil
d’un ordinateur de plongée à l’autre en utilisant soit les flèches
gauche/droite du clavier, soit en sélectionnant <em>Vue Ordinateur précédent</em>
ou <em>Vue → Ordinateur suivant</em>. Les données du panneau <em>Notes</em> ne sont pas
affectées par le choix de l’un ou l’autre ordinateur de plongée.</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.5. Mise à jour de l’information importée depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois les plongées chargées dans la Liste des plongées, l’information
extraite de l’ordinateur de plongée n’est pas complète et d’autres détails
doivent être ajoutés pour obtenir un enregistrement complet des
plongées. Pour ce faire, les onglets <strong>Notes</strong> et <strong>Équipement</strong> et haut à
gauche de la fenêtre de <em>Subsurface</em> doivent être utilisés.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour obtenir un enregistrement plus comple de la plongée, l’utilisateur doit
ajouter manuellement certaines informations. La procédure expliquée
ci-dessous est quasiment identique pour les plongées entrées manuellement et
celles qui sont téléchargées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans certains cas, vous devrez préciser la date et l’heure de la plongée,
par exemple lorsque vous entrez une plongée manuellement ou qu’un ordinateur
de plongée ne précise pas la date et l’heure de cette plongée. (D’habitude,
la date et l’heure d’une plongée, le mélange de gaz et la température de
l’eau sont obtenues via l’ordinateur de plongée). Si le contenu de l’onglet
<strong>Notes</strong> est modifié ou édité d’une quelconque manière, le message dans la
boîte bleue en haut du panneau affiche que la plongée a été éditée. Si vous
cliquez sur l’onglet <strong>Notes</strong>, les champs suivants sont visibles (voir image
en bas à gauche):</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’image à droite, ci-dessus, montre l’onglet <strong>Notes</strong> complété avec des
informations de plongée. Les champs <strong>Date</strong> et <strong>Heure</strong> indiquent la date et
l’heure de la plongée. En cliquant sur la date, un calendrier est afficher
pour sélectionner la date correcte. Appuyez sur la touche ESC pour fermer le
calendrier. Les valeurs d’heure (heure et minutes) peuvent également être
éditées directement en cliquant sur chacune d’entre elles dans la boîte de
texte et en remplaçant l’information qui s’y trouve.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Température de l’air/eau</strong>: les températures de l’air et de l’eau pendant la plongée sont affichées
dans des boîtes de texte à droite de l’heure de début de plongée. De nombreux ordinateurs de plongée
renseignent la température de l’eau, et cette boîte peut contenir cette information.
Si la température de l’air n’est pas renseignée par l’ordinateur de plongée, la première température pour l’eau
peut être utilisée comme température de l’air. En général, elle est proche de la température de l’air.
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
S’il est nécessaire d’éditer ces informations, seule une valeur est nécessaire, l’unité de température étant
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
automatiquement fournie par
<em>Subsurface</em> (sur base des <em>Préférences</em>, les unités métriques ou impériales
seront utilisées).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_locations"><p><strong>Lieu</strong>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Les lieux de plongée sont gérés comme une partie <strong>séparée</strong> du carnet de
plongée. Les informations de plongée dans les onglets <strong>Notes</strong> et
<strong>Équipement</strong> ne peuvent donc PAS être édités en même temps que les
informations sur le site de plongée. Enregistrez toutes les autres
informations (p. ex. instructeur, équipier, équipement, notes à propos de la
plongée) en sélectionnant <em>Appliquer les modifications</em> dans l’onglet
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<strong>Notes</strong> AVANT d’éditer les informations sur le site de plongée. Ensuite,
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
nommez le site de plongée dans la bpîte de texte <em>Lieu</em> dans l’onglet
<strong>Notes</strong>.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Using existing dive locations:</strong> Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
If several dives are
made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
Therefore, if a dive site has been used before, the name of that site (and sometimes
the names of similar sites) appears below the dive site text box (image below). Double-click on
the appropriate dive site name and the dive location will be associated with the
dive being entered. Then select <em>Apply Changes</em> (image below) to save the geolocation for this dive site.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<img src="images/Location1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location choice panel" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering a new dive location:</strong> On the other hand, having dived at a new dive location,
a new record needs to be created
that could be used for the new and for later dives at this new site. Type the name of the new dive site into the text box
(image A below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Globe_image1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location creation panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Double-click on the blue bar below the new dive location name. The blue bar
disappears (image B above) and the globe icon on the right-hand of the
location name text box turns blue. In the Dive Map part of the <em>Subsurface</em>
window, a world map appears (image C above). Click on the blue globe icon to
the right of the dive site name in the <em>Notes</em> panel (image B above). This
opens a window for entering the details of the new dive location (image A
below). The globe icon changes to indicate that the location data are being
edited. The only important data here are the geographic coordinates of the
dive location.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Globe_image2.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location creation panel" />
</div>
</div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Il existe trois façons d’ajouter des coordonnées :</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>(1):</strong> Entrer les coordonnées manuellement si vous les connaissez,
en utilisant un des quatre formats avec la latitude suivie de la longitude :</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<pre><code>Format ISO 6709 Annexe D, ex. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
Degrés et minutes décimales, ex. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
Degrés minutes secondes, ex. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
Degrés décimaux, ex. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les latitudes dans l’hémisphère sud sont données avec un <strong>S</strong>, ex. S30°, ou
avec une valeur négative, ex. -30.22496. De la même façon, les longitudes
ouest sont données avec un <strong>W</strong>, ex. W07°, ou avec une valeur négative,
ex. -7.34323. Certains claviers ne comportent par le signe degré (°). Il
peut être remplacé par un <strong>d</strong> comme ceci: N30d W20d. Entrer tout autre
informations à propos du site de plongée (Description et notes), puis
sélectionner <em>Appliquer les modifications</em> pour sauvegarder la
géolocalisation de ce site. Les informations du site de plongée pourront
être modifiées ultérieurement, en cliquant sur l’icône de globe à droite du
nom du site de plongée, dans l'"onglet notes".</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>(2):</strong> Use the Dive Map to specify the coordinates. The Dive map now shows
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
all the existing dive locations in grey as well as an additional marker in red
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
(image B above). Drag the red marker to the location of the dive site being entered.
The map can be dragged and zoomed using the mouse wheel. Position the red marker
by dragging it on the map, zooming in on the appropriate part of the map and placing
the marker at an appropriate position (image B below). The coordinates of the dive
location are automatically inserted into the appropriate text box in the dive location
information window (image A below). Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site.
The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Globe_image3.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location creation panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive location data have been saved, the dive on the Dive List has a
globe icon immediately to the left of the location name of a particular
dive.</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>(3):</strong> Obtenir les coordonnées en utilisant l’application <em>Subsurface-Mobile</em> avec un
périphérique Android ou un iPhone avec GPS et si les coordonnées du site de plongée ont été stockées
en utilisant une de ces applications.</p></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Les coordonnées GPS d’un site de plongée sont liées au nom de lieu - ainsi,
<strong>enregistrer</strong> un site de plongée avec uniquement les coordonnées mais aucun
nom causera des problèmes. (Subsurface pensera que toutes cesplongées ont le
même lieu et tentera de garder leurs coordonnées GPSidentiques).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Recherche du nom d’un site de plongée</strong>: si vous avez entré les coordonnées dans la boîte
de texte appropriée, vous pouvez lancer une recherche de nom sur base des coordonnées.
Ceci est réalisé lorsque <em>Subsurface</em> utilise Internet pour trouver le nom d’un site de plongée
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
sur base des coordonnées que vous avez entrées. Si un nom est trouvé, il est
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
automatiquement inséré dans la boîte Étiquettes. La liste (intitulée <em>"Sites de plongée situés aux mêmes coordonnées</em>") en bas
du panneau du site de plongée contient les noms d’autres sites de plongée utilisés
au même endroit. Par exemple, si le site de plongée est "Blue Hole" et qu’il y a plusieurs
sites nommés "Blue Hole", ils seront tous listés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Entrez toute information contextuelle relative au site de plongée
(Description et Notes) puis sélectionnez <em>Appliquer les modifications</em> pour
enregistrer la géolocalisation du site de plongée. L’information concernant
le site de plongée peut être éditée ultérieurement en cliquant sur l’icone
en forme de globe à droite du nom du site de plongée dans l’onglet <strong>Notes</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Mode de plongée</strong>: cette liste déroulante vous permet de choisir le type de plongée
réalisée. Les options sont OC (scaphandre en circuit ouvert, le choix par défaut pour la plupart des plongées loisir),
Apnée (plongée sans scaphandre), CCR (recycleur
en circuit fermé) et pSCR (recycleur passif semi-fermé).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Moniteur/Guide de palanquée</strong>: le nom du moniteur ou du guide de palanquée doit être
entré dans ce champ
qui permet une sélection automatique basé sur la liste des moniteurs
déjà présents dans le carnet en cours.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Équipier</strong>: dans ce champ, entrez le(s) nom(s) de votre/vos équipier(s)
(sparés par des virgules) qui participaient à la
plongée. Une sélection automatique se base sur la liste des équipiers déjà présents dans le
carnet en cours.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Combinaison</strong>: le type de combinaison peut être entré ici.
Une sélection automatique est disponible.
Certains utilisateurs de vêtement étanche peuvent utiliser ce champ pour enregistrer quelle ensemble de
combinaison et souris ils ont utilisé.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Évaluation</strong>: attribue une évaluation subjective à une plongée sur une
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
échelle de 5 points en cliquant sur l’étoile correspondante.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibilité</strong>: attribue une évaluation de la visibilité à une plongée sur une
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
échelle de 5 points en cliquant sur l’étoile correspondante.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Étiquettes</strong>: il est possible de définir ici des étiquettes qui décrivent le
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
type de plongée (séparées par des virgules). Des exemples courants d’étiquettes sont bateau,
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
plongée dérivante, exercice, grotte, etc.
<em>Subsurface</em> contient de nombreuses étiquettes. En commençant à taper une étiquette, <em>Subsurface</em> liste
les étiquettes correspondant à la frappe. Par exemple, en entrant
<code>cav</code>, les étiquettes <strong>cave</strong> et <strong>caverne</strong> sont proposées.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: toute information supplémentaire concernant une plongée peut être entrée ici.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les boutons <em>Appliquer les modifications</em> et <em>Annuler les modifications</em>
sont utilisés pour enregistrer toutes les informations des onglets du
panneau <strong>Informations</strong> et du panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong>. Utilisez-les
lorsque <strong>TOUTES</strong> les autres informations ont été ajoutées. L’image
<a href="#S_Notes_dc">située au début de cette section</a> montre un exemple de
l’onglet <strong>Notes</strong> après avoir complété les informations d’une plongée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h5 id="_équipement">Équipement</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’onglet Équipement permet d’entrer les informations concernant le type de
bloc et le gaz utilisé, ainsi que le lestage utilisé pour la plongée. Le
message dans la boîte bleue en haut du panneau:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>indique que l’équipement a été édité. C’est une partie hautement interactive
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
de <em>Subsurface</em> et les informations sur les blocs et les gaz (entrées ici)
déterminent le comportement du <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> (panneau en haut à
droite).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Blocs</strong>: les informations concernant les blocs sont entrées via une boîte de dialogue
qui ressemble à ceci:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour les plongées entrées manuellement, cette information doit être
entrée. Pour les ordinateurs de plongée, <em>Subsurface</em> reçoit souvent
l’information concernant le gaz utilisé et insère automatiquement sa
composition (% d’oxygène ou % d’hélium) dans le tableau. Le bouton + en haut
à droite permet d’ajouter des blocs pour cette plongée. L’icone de corbeille
noire à gauche permet de supprimer les informations d’un bloc. Notez qu’il
n’est pas possible de supprimer un bloc s’il est utilisé durant la
plongée. Un bloc doit être implicitement utilisé pour la plongée, même sans
événement de changement de gaz. Commencez par sélectionner un type de bloc
dans la partie gauche du tableau. Pour sélectionner un bloc, il faut
cliquer sur la boîte <em>Type</em>. Cela fera apparaître un bouton permettant
d’afficher une liste déroulante de blocs:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La liste déroulante peut être utilisée pour sélectionner le type de bloc
utilisé pour cette plongée, ou il suffit de commencer à taper dans la boîte
pour afficher les options disponibles selon les lettres entrées. La <strong>Taille</strong>
du bloc ainsi que sa pression de service (_Pression de service) seront
automatiquement affichées dans la boîte de dialogue.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuite, indiquez la pression de déart et celle d’arrivée pour le gaz
spécifié pendant la plongée. L’unité de pression (métrique/impériale)
correspond au réglage choisi dans les <em>Préférences</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour terminer, renseignez le mélange de gaz utilisé. S’il s’agit d’air, la
valeur de 21% peut être entrée dans la case Oxygène, ou ce champ peut être
laissé vide. Si du nitrox ou du trimix a été utilisé, les pourcentages
d’oxygène et/ou d’hélium doivent être entrés. Tout champ non requis
concerné doit être laissé vide. Après avoir entré les informations du bloc,
enregistrez les données soit en pressant la douche <em>ENTRÉE</em>, soit en
cliquant hors de la case contenant le curseur. Les informatioins pour les
blocs supplémentaires peuvent être ajoutées en utilisant le bouton + en haut
à droite. Voici un exemple d’une description complète pour une plongée
utilisant deux blocs (air et EAN50):</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Poids</strong>: les informations à propos du système de lestage peuvent être entrés
via une interface similaire à celles des blocs. Si vous cliquez
sur le bouton + en haut à droite , le tableau apparaît
comme suit:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>En cliquant sur le champ: <em>Type</em>, une liste déroulante devient accessible
via une flèche vers le bas:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Celle-ci peut être utilisée pour sélectionner le type de poids utilisé
durant la plongée. Vous pouvez commencer à taper dans la case pour spécifier
un mécanisme différent de lestage qui sera sauvegardé par <em>Subsurface</em>. Dans
le champ <strong>Poids</strong>, entrez la quantité de poids utilisé durant la
plongée. Après avoir spécifié le système de lestage, enregistrez les données
avec la touche <em>ENTRÉE</em> du clavier ou en cliquant hors de la case contenant
le curseur. Il est possible d’entrer des informations pour plusieurs
systèmes de lestage en utilisant le pouton + en haut à droite. Les systèmes
de lestage peuvent être supprimés en utilisant l’icone de corbeille sur la
gauche. Voici un exemple d’informations pour une plongée avec deux systèmes
de lestage: des poids intégrés et une ceinture:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_éditer_simultanément_une_sélection_de_plusieurs_plongées">5.2.6. Éditer simultanément une sélection de plusieurs plongées</h4>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After downloading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles
of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few items of
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). Other fields
remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the fields in
the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’
performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at
the same dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or
tags. Instead of completing the information for each dive separately, select
all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical
information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any
one of the selected dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
information. This means if some fields have been edited for a particular
dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while editing the dives
simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives
simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same
information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, edited
information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in the
<strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds up the completion of the dive log after several
similar dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
log.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_Bookmarks">5.2.7. Ajout des signets à une plongée</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>De nombreux plongeurs désirent annonter leurs plongées avec du texte
indiquant des événements particuliers, p. ex. "J’ai vu des dauphins", ou
"Déploiement de parachute de palier". Ceci peut ^être facilement réalisé:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Cliquez-droit à l’endroit voulu dans le profil de plongée. Cela fait
apparaître le menu contextuel du profil de plongée. Sélectionnez <em>Ajouter un
signet</em>. Un drapeau rouge est alors placé à cet endroit sur le profil de
plongée (voir <strong>A</strong> ci-dessous).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Cliquez-droit sur le drapeau rouge. Ceci fait apparaître un menu contextuel
(voir <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Sélectionnez <em>Modifier le nom</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Une boîte de texte s’affiche. Entrez le texte explicatif pour le signet
(voir <strong>C</strong> ci-dessous). Sélectionnez <em>OK</em>. Ceci enregistrera le texte associé
au signet.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
En survolant le signet rouge avec la souris, le texte associé est affiché
dans le bas de la boîte d’information (voir <strong>D</strong> ci-dessous).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_enregistrer_les_informations_de_plongée_mises_à_jour">5.2.8. Enregistrer les informations de plongée mises à jour</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les informations entrées dans les onglets <strong>Notes</strong> et <strong>Équipement</strong> peuvent
être enregistrées en utilisant les deux boutons en haut à droite de l’onglet
<strong>Notes</strong>. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton <em>Appliquer les modifications</em>, les
données de la plongée sont enregistrées dans l’image mémoire de la
plongée. Si le bouton <em>Annuler les modifications</em> est cliqué, les données de
plongées nouvellement entrées sont effacées de la mémoire de l’ordinateur,
bien que le profil de plongée soit conservé. Lorsque l’utilisateur quitte
<em>Subsurface</em>, il y a une dernière notificatioin pour confirmer que les
nouvelles données doivent être enregistrées de manière permanente sur le
disque de l’ordinateur.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>Many divers log their dives using the proprietary software provided by the
manufacturers of their dive computers. <em>Subsurface</em> can import dive logs
from a range of other dive log software. While import from some software is
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
supported natively, others require export of the dive log to an intermediate
format that can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em>
supports importing CSV log files from several sources. Dive log import from
APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are preconfigured, but because
the import is flexible, users can configure their own imports. Manually
kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by configuring the
CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some
dive log software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp
DR5. Finally, for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we
currently recommend importing the logbook first into a web service like
<em>divelogs.de</em> and then import from there with <em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de
supports a few additional logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot
handle.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. Notice that
the import adds the imported data to the current <strong>Dive list</strong>, and the open
style starts a new dive list. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many
dive computers, including Suunto, Shearwater and some CCR equipment. When
importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same
dive and merges the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone
issues (or other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to
be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
entries. Below is more specific information to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_utilisation_de_la_boîte_de_dialogue_universelle_d_8217_importation">5.3.1. Utilisation de la boîte de dialogue universelle d’importation</h4>
<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>L’importation de plongées depuis d’autres logiciels se fait au travers d’une
interface universelle en sélectionnant <em>Importer</em> depuis le menu principal,
puis en cliquant sur <em>Importer des fichiers de plongée</em>. Ceci fera
apparaître la boîte de dialogue <strong>A</strong>, comme ci-dessous.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>En bas à droite se trouve la liste déroulante avec la mention par défaut
<em>Dive Log Files</em> qui permet d’accéder aux différents types d’importations
directes disponibles, comme dans le dialogue <strong>B</strong> ci-dessus. Actuellement, il
s’agit de:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Carnet de plongée formatés en XML (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive et divers autres
systèmes de carnet de plongée)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Carnets de plongée Cochran
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Carnets de plongée formatés en UDDF (p. ex. Kenozooid)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Carnets de plongée formatés en UDCF
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs Poseidon MkVI CCR
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs LiquiVision
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs divelogs.de
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs OSTC Tools
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
JDiveLog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Suunto Dive Manager (DM3, DM4, DM5)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Fichers DL7 utilisés par Diver’s Alert network (DAN)
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs Underwater technologies AV1
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs Divesoft
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Logs Poseidon MK VI eCCR
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Carnet de plongée CSV (format texte ou tableau), y compris les logs APD CCR
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner le format voulu puis le fichier recherché dans la fenêtre
contenant la liste des fichiers sur la droite de la boîte de dialogue,
ouvrira le carnet de plongée importé dans la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong> de
<em>Subsurface</em>. Certains autres formats, non accessible depuis la boîte de
dialogue d’importation, sont également supportés, comme expliqué ci-dessous.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_importation_depuis_ostctools">5.3.2. Importation depuis OSTCTools</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Tous les périphériques H&W supportés par OSTCTools peuvent être importés
dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Ceci comprend les modèles OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C,
OSTC3, OSTC Sport, et probablement, bien que non testés, Frog, OSTC2 et OSTC
CR.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ne perdez pas de vue qu’OSTCTools n’est <strong>pas</strong> un vrai logiciel de carnet de
plongée, mais plutôt un ensemble d’outils pour l’analyse et la gestion des
périphériques OSTC. Seules les données brutes de l’ordinateur de plongée
seront importées dans <em>Subsurface</em>, le reste des données (équipiers,
équipement, notes, etc.) doit être complété manuellement.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_importation_depuis_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.3. Importation depuis Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Vu que Mares utilise un logiciel Windows propriétaire non-compatible avec
les applications multi-plateformes, ces carnets de plongée ne peuvent pas
être importés directement dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Ceux-ci doivent être important
en suivant une procédure en trois étapes, en utilisant <em>www.divelogs.de</em>
comme passerelle pour extraire les informations du carnet de plongée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Exportez les données du carnet de plongée depuis le Mares Dive Organizer
vers votre bureau, en utilisant un fichier avec l’extension
<em>.sdf</em>. référez-vous à l’<a href="#Mares_Export">Annexe C</a> pour plus
d’information.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. First, create a user
account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em> and Log into that web site, then select <em>Import
Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side. The
instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
_.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Enfin, importez les plongées depuis <em>divelogs.de</em> vers <em>Subsurface</em>, en
suivant les instructions ci-dessous.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_SmartTrakImport">5.3.4. Importer les logs Scubapro <em>SmartTrak</em></h4>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>SmartTrak</em> stores the raw data from a Uwatec/Scubapro dive computer along
with a plethora of other data manually added by the user, ranging from dive
points to buddies data or DAN survey info. However, this is Microsoft
Windows-based propietary software by Uwatec (today Scubapro) using
Microsoft Access databases, preventing the integration the importer into the
<em>Subsurface</em> core application.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A stand alone tool for Linux has been developed to import the <em>.slg</em> files
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
generated by SmartTrak to Subsurface’s <em>.xml</em> format. It can be downloaded
from <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/downloads">the usual <em>Subsurface</em>
repository</a>, as a Windows installer or a Linux AppImage. The application is
not currently supported on Mac.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It can also be built for Linux systems. Two dependencies need to be met in
your system before building: <em>glib2.0</em> and <em>mdbtools</em> (see below).</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, a web service is available for divelog convertions from
SmartTrak to <em>Subsurface</em> (see below).</p></div>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>N’hésitez pas à contacter l’équipe de développement de <em>Subsurface</em> via
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> pour de
l’aide à l’importation des lofs <em>SmartTrak</em>.</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h5 id="_compiler_em_smtk2ssrf_em">Compiler <em>smtk2ssrf</em></h5>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Assuming the above dependencies have been installed and the <em>Subsurface</em>
source tree is in the directory <em>~/src/subsurface</em>, then:</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
Move to the source tree directory out of <em>Subsurface</em> (e.g. ~/src)
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
Run " $ ./subsurface/scripts/smtk2ssrf-build.sh ", if every thing has gone
fine, you will now have an executable named smtk2ssrf in
~/src/subsurface/smtk-import/build
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
You can run it from this directory, copy it to another one, e.g. <em>~/bin</em> or
simply run "sudo make install", and the binary will be installed in
/usr/local/bin (which is commonly included in every $PATH).
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
The script has some options mostly useful for development pourposes. If you
think you may need them, please read comments on script header itself.
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<strong>WARNING</strong>: While building smtk2ssrf, a light version of <em>Subsurface</em> is
built (usable but lacking a lot of features). So, if you commonly use the
built executable placed at ~/subsurface/build/, you will need to rebuild it as
explained in this manual above.
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h5 id="_utilisation">Utilisation</h5>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>smtk2ssrf</em> accepts 0, 2 or more parameters. If it is launched without
parameters in a graphical user interface, a simple window opens for choosing
the <em>.slg</em> file(s) to import and a destination file to store the
<em>Subsurface</em>-formatted data into (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/smtk2ssrf.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from SmartTrak" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Existing data in the destination file will be erased, so <strong>DO NOT</strong> use a
regular subsurface divelog file as a destination: rather, specify a <strong>new</strong>
filename as a destination.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If launched from a command line with two or more parameters, the format is
as follows:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ smrtk2ssrf /input/file_1.slg /input/file_2.slg /output/file3.xml</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>input</em> is the directory containing the .slg file(s) and <em>output</em> is
the directory where the <em>Subsurface</em>-formatted output is written to. Files
<em>file_1.slg</em> and <em>file_2.slg</em> in the <em>input</em> directory are imported and
stored in <em>file3.xml</em> in the <em>output</em> directory. Check any warning and error
messages in the console or in the graphical window: some may be relevant as
support for Galileo family of dive computers is still a work in progress.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h5 id="_for_the_lazy_a_web_service_to_convert_em_smarttrak_em_to_em_subsurface_em">For the lazy: a web service to convert <em>SmartTrak</em> to <em>Subsurface</em></h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Open the website at:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>https://thetheoreticaldiver.org/rch-cgi-bin/smtk2ssrf.pl</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a no-frills web service for converting <em>SmartTrak</em> dive logs to
<em>Subsurface</em>. Select the browse button. This allows you to browse your
computer directories and to select the <em>SmartTrak</em> divelog to be
converted. Once it has been selected, click the <em>Submit query</em> button. After
a short while, a dialog box appears (image below) for saving the converted
file to the local computer.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/strk2ssrf_web.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Web service to convert SmartTrak divelog" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h5 id="_fusionner_les_plongées_importées_dans_un_carnet_de_plongée_existant">Fusionner les plongées importées dans un carnet de plongée existant</h5>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Open the new file (generated in the previous steps) using <em>Subsurface</em> and
check the dives and data. If everything is fine, close the <em>.xml</em> file and
open your regular divelog. Then from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Import →
Import log file</em> and choose the <em>.xml</em> file containing the imported dives:
these will show in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, time ordered, along with the existing
dives. The new dives, although time ordered, will keep the numbering system
from <em>SmartTrak</em>, so a renumbering action is needed. See the section on
<a href="#S_Renumber">Renumbering the dives</a> for instructions on this topic.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.5. Importer des plongées depuis <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then select the
<em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately,
displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download,
the success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The <em>Apply</em> button
should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.6. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
allows easy information exchange between different computers or software
packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be viewed using an ordinary text editor. A <em>CSV</em> file is
normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field
names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one
record per line.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Il y a deux types de carnets de plongée au format <em>CSV</em> pouvant être
importées dans <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
dive duration, names of buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder
pressures before and after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All
the data for a single dive go on a single line of text, following the order
of the column headings.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
intervals, indicating depth, water temperature, and cylinder pressure at
that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a single instant
in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the previous instant. Many
lines are required to complete the depth profile information for a single
dive. This is a common export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR)
dive equipment and many software packages that handle dive computer data
and/or dive logs.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you need to know
a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
positions.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Les données numériques (p. ex. la profondeur de plongée) sont-elles en
système métrique ou mesures impériales?
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
settings for common dive computers and software packages.
If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of
these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em>
option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file,
the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
successful data import.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately
above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons
can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em>
expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the
column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the
appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
cell at the top of the table. For example, to indicate the correct column
for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the
blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ", depicted in the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
<div class="content">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Introduction aux fichiers <em>CSV</em> pour la plongée</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Values</em>. It is a file format that allows you to view or edit information
using a text editor like Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
(OS/X). There are two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data
are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. Second, all
information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or proprietary
attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. Because of its
simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format between many
software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database
and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also be used to
import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
some dive computers.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The most important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the
character used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator
is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les données ci-dessus ne sont pas aisément lisible pour un être
humain. Voici les mêmes informations dans un format séparé par des
tabulations :</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that you cannot see the TAB
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
computer:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO~2~ - Setpoint (Bar) pO~2~ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can be
used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log.
Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a
smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as
part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use UTF-8
character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the <em>CSV</em>
file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_importation_des_coordonnées_de_plongée_depuis_un_appareil_mobile_avec_gps">5.4. Importation des coordonnées de plongée depuis un appareil mobile avec GPS.</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un smartphone avec GPS peut être utilisé pour stocker les lieux de
plongées. Ceci est réalisé comme suit:</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Taking the mobile device along on the dive boat / liveabord while
automatically collecting dive site coordinate information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Adding collected coordinate information to the dives using the
<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> app.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) Syncronising the logbook with the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud using the
<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> app.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Existing users might still be using the legacy <em>Companion app</em>. However, the
Companion App hasn’t been under development in several years and has now
been removed from both Android and iOS app stores. The functionality is
fully integrated into <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>. Please note that the old GPS fix
internet service will be shut down by the end 2018 at which point the
<em>Companion app</em> will no longer be usable. Please switch to
<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> instead.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_storing_and_and_using_gps_locations_using_em_subsurface_mobile_em">5.4.1. Storing and and using GPS locations using <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h4>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_install_em_subsurface_mobile_em">Install <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Find <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> on Google Play and install it on an Android
device. The app is free. The iOS version is currently
experimental. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> has an extensive
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user
manual</a> accessible from within that app.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_create_a_em_subsurface_mobile_em_account">Create a <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> account</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed at length in the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> user manual. In
the Credentials screen of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> provide an e-mail address and
a user password that enables subsequent access. A PIN number is e-mailed
from the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server to the e-mail address that has been
provided. Type the PIN into the appropriate text field in the Credentials
screen (see image below). The <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server notifies the
user that a new user has been registered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>N.B.:</strong> To successfully create a user account, the mobile device must have Internet connectivity,
either through the cellular network or via wifi.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MobileCredentials.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile, credentials screen" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_configure_auto_collecting_of_gps_coordinates">Configure auto-collecting of GPS coordinates</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Activate the main menu of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> by selecting the "hamburger"
menu button at the bottom left of the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> screen (see image
above), then select <em>GPS</em> → <em>Preferences</em> (see image below). The collection
of GPS locations is done in the background and automatically, using two
settings:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Time threshold.</em> (minutes). The app will try to get a location every X
minutes
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Distance threshold.</em> (meters). Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>How are GPS coordinates collected?</strong> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time you move 50 m
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
from previous location, whichever happens first.
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
saved, at least until the <em>Time-threshold</em> period has elapsed.
If the diver moves, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every 50 meters.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_activate_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">Activate the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> GPS menu has an option at the bottom labled <em>Run
location service</em> (see image below). Selecting this starts the automated
recording of GPS positions.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<img src="images/MobileGpsMenu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile GPS menu" />
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_after_the_dive_stop_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">After the dive, stop the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the menu option <em>Disable location service</em> at the bottom of the
<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> GPS menu.</p></div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_apply_the_stored_gps_locations_to_dives_on_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_list">Apply the stored GPS locations to dives on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> collects the first GPS location recorded after the start of a
dive (obtained within <em>Subsurface</em> from either the dive computer or from the
manually-entered dive information) and before the end of a dive. These
coordinates are shown in the <em>Coordinates</em> field of the dive site panel for
each dive. Within the dive site panel, provide a name for the coordinates
that have been assigned to the dive, following the instructions under the
heading above <a href="#S_locations"><em>Location</em> management</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user
manual for <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></a> (accessible from within that app) contains
detailed instructions for performing the collection of GPS data and for
managing, uploading and synchronising this information.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Ajouter des photos ou des vidéos aux plongées</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take photographs or videos during a dive. We term
these as <em>media</em>, meaning either photos or videos. <em>Subsurface</em> allows the
storage and display of these media for each dive. Images are superimposed on
the dive profile at the times during the dive when they were taken. Media
can be viewed either from the dive profile or from the <em>Media</em> tab in the
<strong>Notes Panel</strong>. <em>Subsurface</em> allows viewing of photographs as well as video
files in a unified interface.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="_chargement_des_médias_et_synchronisation_entre_l_8217_ordinateur_de_plongée_et_l_8217_appareil_photo">5.5.1. Chargement des médias et synchronisation entre l’ordinateur de plongée et l’appareil photo</h4>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Right-click on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list, bringing up
the <a href="#S_DiveListContextMenu">Dive list context Menu</a>. Select the
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
appropriate option to import media either from file or from the
Internet. The system file browser appears. Select the folder and media that
need to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button. Towards the
bottom of the file browser is a filter that allows showing media (photos and
videos), only photographs, only videos, or all files. Choose the appropriate
option.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If media are imported from the Internet, provide a URL pointing to a single
media. If the URL points to a directory, no images are imported: images
from the Internet need to be imported one at a time. If media are loaded
from the Internet, <em>Subsurface</em> assumes there is an Internet connection each
time this item is viewed within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having selected the local folder or Internet image to be imported, the time
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
synchronization dialog appears (see image below). The time synchronization
is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive and the camera
used during that same dive. These two devices often differ by several
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
minutes. <em>Subsurface</em> attempts to synchronize them so that the exact times
of media can be used to position media on the dive profile.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronise l’appareil photo avec l’ordinateur de plongée de
trois façons:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<strong>Manually</strong>: Writing down the exact camera time at the start of a dive allows using the
difference in time between the two devices. As long as the device
settings for time has not been changed in either device, the times of
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day allows manually setting the time
difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog (see image below). Towards the top of the dialog is a time
setting tool immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, in the image below.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
tool to a value of 00:07 and select the <em>Earlier</em> radio button.
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
This is appropriate, since the media need to be shifted
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronization, requiring a
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time. <em>Subsurface</em> gets
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
each photo and compares this with the time visible on the photo. To do this, use the
bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. In this case the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
the horizontal bar called <em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
a file browser for selecting the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
when the photograph was taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize the devices. The image below shows
a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
date-time.
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage3c_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph or video is more than 30 minutes before or
after the dive, it is not placed on the dive profile (see the red warning in
the image above). However, If the appropriate checkbox is selected (see
image above) these images can still be placed on the <em>Media</em> tab of the
<strong>Notes</strong> panel so that all media associated with a dive are visible,
including images taken before or after the dive.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ViewMedia">5.5.2. Visualiser les médias</h4>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Ensuring that thumbnails are created for video files</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Within a panel <em>Subsurface</em> represents media by means of thumbnails
(i.e. small versions of images that allows listing many images. For a
photograph, a thumbnail can easily be created because the image is well
defined. But, since a video comprises many images, the question arises of
which image should be used for the thumbnail. Two actions are required to
create thumbnails of videos:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The appropriate settings need to be set in the <em>Preferences</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The program <em>ffmpeg</em> needs to be installed in the computer that runs
Subsurface.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Full details are provided in <a href="#S_APPENDIX_F">APPENDIX F</a>.</p></div>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Après avoir été chargées, les médias apparaissent à deux endroits:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
the <em>Media</em> tab of the <strong>Notes Panel</strong> (left part of image below).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
reflecting the time each photograph or video was taken. To view the media
on the dive profile, activate the <em>Toggle media</em> button in the tool bar to
the left of the dive profile:
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Media on dive profile" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Hover the mouse over any of the media stubs. A thumbnail image is shown of
the appropriate media. See the image below:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage5.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo or video overlaid on
the <em>Subsurface</em> window, allowing a good view of the media (see the image
below). <strong>Note</strong> that the thumbnail on the dive profile has a small dustbin
icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting the
dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful when clicking on a
thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using the <em>Media</em> tab (see text
below).</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="_l_8217_onglet_em_media_em">5.5.3. L’onglet <em>Media</em></h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Media associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Media</em> tab of
the <strong>Notes Panel</strong>. Media taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore
sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in
the <em>Media</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually accessing the
media of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile show when during a dive
when a photo/video was taken. The size of the thumbnails in the <em>Media</em> tab
can be changed using the <em>Zoom level</em> slider at the bottom of the
panel. Single-click a thumbnail in the <em>Media</em> panel to select a
photo/video. Double-click a thumbnail to view the full-sized image or play
the video, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Delete media from the <em>Media</em>
panel by selecting it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on
the keyboard. This removes it BOTH from the <em>Media</em> tab as well as the dive
profile.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="_médias_stockés_sur_un_disque_dur_externe">5.5.4. Médias stockés sur un disque dur externe</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store media on an external drive. If such a
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) the
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
media can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction
between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of media. When associating a
dive profile with media from an external drive, the normal procedure of
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. After the external
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these media any
more. If the display of media is activated (using the toolbox icon to the
left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program shows only the thumbnails and the
images cannot be viewed at full-screen size. If the external drive with the
media is re-connected, the media can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="_trouver_quelles_plongées_ont_des_médias_associés">5.5.5. Trouver quelles plongées ont des médias associés.</h4>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Inspecting each individual dive in order to determine whether there are
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
associated media can be time consuming. There is a rapid way of seeing which
dives have associated media and which not: activate the <em>Media</em> checkbox in
the dropdown list obtained by right-clicking on the header bar of the
<strong>Divelist</strong>. In the <strong>Divelist</strong>, all dives with associated media have an icon
indicating whether the media were taken during the dive, just before/after
the dive or both during and before/after the dive. More information is
provided in the section dealing with <a href="#S_Divelist_columns">photo icons on the <strong>Divelist</strong></a>.</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.6. Déplacer des médias entre dossiers, disques durs ou ordinateurs</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph or video has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive,
<em>Subsurface</em> saves the path to the directory where the media lie as well as the file name of the each photo/video,
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
in order to find it when the dive is opened again.
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
If the media or the whole media collection is moved to another drive or to a different
machine, the path to the media changes. Now, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos/videos at their original location before they were moved,
cannot find them and cannot display them. Because, after moving media, large numbers of files
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new disk, <em>Subsurface</em> can locate the media based on their filename and path.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
which the searching of the images can be controlled. The search is started by clicking on <em>Select folder and scan</em>.
Since recorded during different dive trips might have the same filename, the names of the parent folders are likewise compared.
Therefore, the root folder of the NEW picture collection should be chosen. For finer control, it is possible to search
only for media of the currently selected dive(s) by selecting the appropriate option.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the searching has completed, the original filenames and the new
locations of the photographs will be shown. The matching parts of the paths
are emphasized. Media that are found at their known positions are not
listed. The proposed changes can be applied by clicking <em>Apply</em> or rejected
by clicking <em>Cancel</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/FindMovedImages1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Find moved images" />
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives examples of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
logging tool.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver doesn’
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver needs
more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of
the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical
divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are
only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
specifying its size and pressure, as well as the gas composition within it.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate or by creating a bookmark on the dive
computer.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<strong>gas bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
gas bar (image below).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a two-cylinder dive, starting off
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for
decompression.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several dive computers perform automatic recording of cylinder pressure. In
this case no manual intervention is needed. Older dive computers
(e.g. Uwatec Galileo, several Suunto models) handle more than one pressure
transducer on cylinders, switching from one sensor to another as the diver
switches among cylinders and providing a sequential record of cylinders
pressures during a dive. Some of the latest models (e.g. Shearwater Perdix
AI, Scubapro G2) record two or more pressure transducers concurrently and
continuously during the whole dive. In these cases <em>Suburface correctly
interprets the data. There is continuous effort within the _Subsurface</em>
development team to add new dive computer models to those that can be
downloaded from and to represent cylinder pressures correctly. Regardless of
the type of sensor handling of dive computers, technical divers are likely
to use both automated and manual methods of cylinder pressure logging when
more than two gases are used. However, automated recording of cylinder
pressure simplifies logging of sidemount dives (where two cylinders are
used). See the
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">list
of supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_plongées_sidemount">5.6.2. Plongées Sidemount</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it’
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be done by recreational
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
divers who have completed the appropriate training. See the comments in the
last paragraph, above, about automated recording of cylinder
pressures. Manual logging of cylinder pressures during sidemount involves
three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tedious part of logging sidemount dives.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
image below where two 12 litre cylinders were used).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>gas bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the gas bar (see image below). After all
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Passive semi-closed circuit rebreather (pSCR) dives</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving
equipment that recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing
carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a
tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, a small
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
amount of fresh gas is released from the driving gas cylinder. A diver
using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer
periods than using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR
equipment, a very small amount of breathing gas is released every time the
diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount
of breathing gas is released continuously from the driving cylinder.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps
outlined above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
<a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In pSCR diving, the inspired gas often has a pO<sub>2</sub> below that of the fresh
gas from cylinder. This is because fresh gas is only supplied at a slow rate
and the diver continuously uses oxygen from the loop for metabolism,
resulting in the so-called "pO<sub>2</sub> drop over the mouthpiece". For pSCR dive
profiles the dive ceiling is adjusted for this oxygen drop, and often
requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR
dive using EAN36 as bottom gas and oxygen for decompression. Note that this
dive lasted over two hours.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
</div>
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Visualising the pO<sub>2</sub> drop</em>: The difference between the pO<sub>2</sub> of the fresh
cylinder gas and the pO<sub>2</sub> in the loop can be visualised in <em>Subsurface</em> by
opening the <em>Profile</em> panel in the <em>File → Preferences</em> menu item and then
providing suitable information in the section labelled <em>pSCR options</em>. The
<em>pSCR metabolic rate</em> is your rate of oxygen metabolism in liters/min
(commonly between 0.5 and 2.5). The <em>Dilution ratio</em> is the ratio indicating
how much gas in the loop is replaced with fresh gas, relative to the gas
being breathed (common values are between 1:3 and 1:10). These values are
also used when planning pSCR dives. If the oxygen content of the loop is not
recorded by an oxygen sensor, <em>Subsurface</em> estimates the pO<sub>2</sub> in the loop
using the information supplied above. This pO<sub>2</sub> is shown as the green line
representing the oxygen partial pressure in the dive profile. If the oxygen
pressure in the loop is measured using an oxygen sensor connected to a dive
computer, this information is probably recorded by the dive computer and
these measured pO<sub>2</sub> values are shown on the dive profile. In addition, the
<em>Preferences</em> panel allows one to activate a checkbox labelled <em>Show
equivalent OC pO<sub>2</sub> with pSCR pO<sub>2</sub></em>. This activates display of the pO<sub>2</sub> in
the fresh gas from the cylinder (an orange line). The vertical distance
between the orange graph and the green graph indicates the "pO<sub>2</sub> drop over
the mouthpiece". Much of pSCR diving involves managing this pO<sub>2</sub>
difference.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/DiveModeChange.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>pSCR and bailout</em>: Gases used in pSCR often yield very low pO<sub>2</sub> values in
shallow water. For this reason the diver often completes the shallow
sections of a dive using open circuit (OC) rather than the rebreather. In
this case parts of the dive are performed OC, while the rest of the dive is
performed on the pSCR loop. To indicate such changes in divemode,
right-click on the dive profile at the appropriate time. From the context
menu, select <em>Change divemode</em> and choose the appropriate option (see image
on left). Some dive computers record such changes in divemode as part of the
dive log. The appropriate icon is shown on the depth profile (see image
below). Below is a pSCR dive with the shallow sections using OC. An OC
divemode was entered right at the start, followed by a change to pSCR at
18m. During the ascent, there was a bailout to OC at 14m. Note, for the OC
sections, the pO<sub>2</sub> is identical to the OC-pO<sub>2</sub> whereas for the pSCR
section, the pO<sub>2</sub> (green line) differs from the OC-pO<sub>2</sub> (orange line).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile_bailout.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile with bailout" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Plongées en recycleur circuit fermé (CCR)</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers also recirculate gas that has been
breathed. However, they use advanced technology to maintain a breathable
oxygen concentration:
a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas.
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
Discovery/Evolution dive computers, as well as Shearwater dive computers
connected to CCR systems. In contrast to a conventional recreational dive
computer, a CCR system computer usually does not allow the download of a log
containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR dive
computer, but that it imports individual CCR dive profiles in the same way
it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a
time. However, the Shearwater based CCR systems are different in this
respect and allow multi-dive downloads.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h5 id="_importer_une_plongée_ccr">Importer une plongée CCR</h5>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Shearwater CCR controllers, or independent Shearwater CCR logs, just
download the dive log as would be the case for non-CCR dives. <em>Subsurface</em>
interprets the CCR dive log correctly. Except for Shearwater CCR dive
computers, CCR dive data are currently obtained from the proprietary
software provided when purchasing CCR dive equipment. See the section
dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from
other digital sources</a> and
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> for more complete information. Use that software to download the dive
data into a known directory. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select
<em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal
import dialogue</a>. As explained in that section, the bottom right hand of the
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labeled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
devices that currently include (Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer
files. Import for other CCR equipment is under active development. Having
selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where the original
dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, select a particular
dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt
extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, click the <em>Open</em>
button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. The
selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<p>
For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
sensors are treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false
data, it is ignored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
the setpoint.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
turned on by checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
Profile</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image
below, representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been checked.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is
activated. The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
information. This is an orange line superimposed on the green oxygen partial
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen partial
pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and pO~2~ graph" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is color-coded
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
as follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 1: grey
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 2: blue
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 3: brown
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if you hover
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Bailout</em>: Bailout events during a CCR dive can be recorded in a
<em>Subsurface</em> divelog. Right-click on the dive profile to generate a dive
profile context menu. Select <em>Change divemode</em> and choose the appropriate
bailout option (probably OC). An appropriate icon is shown on the depth
profile (see image below). In most CCR equipment it is also possible to
bailout to pSCR, especially in cases where the electronics died and the
diluent supply is limited. This can also be reflected in the dive log and
Subsurface will calculate and graph the appropriate pO<sub>2</sub> values. The case
during CCR training is more complex if the instructor prefers a low setpoint
such as 0.7 to be maintained during bailout. In this case the CCR equipment
maintains the low setpoint and overrides the OC or pSCR conditions. In such
cases it is probably more accurate not to record a bailout event in the dive
log since <em>Subsurface</em> will calculate pO<sub>2</sub> values based on the erroneous
assumption that there is no setpoint. Below is a dive profile for a CCR
dive with bailout at 57 minutes. In this profile the green pO<sub>2</sub> graph
diverges from the setpoint value and reflects the pO<sub>2</sub> in the OC diluent
gas (in this case air). The pO<sub>2</sub> in the loop (shown as a meandering graph
for each oxygen sensor) is irrelevant because the actual inspired gas comes
directly from the diluent cylinder. In cases where bailout occurs using a
stage cylinder, indicate the bailout as well as the gas change event and
<em>Subsurface</em> will calculate all the appropriate pO<sub>2</sub> values. Some dive
computers record bailout events as well as gas change events: in this case
the events are shown automatically in the dive log.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<img src="images/CCR_bailout.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR bailout profileh" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Deco ceiling</em>: The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very
accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually
not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many
CCR dive computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling
that is reported in the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The
display of this ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to
the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock">
<div class="content">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can
be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File →
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
Preferences → Profile</em>. The profile above indicates the dive
computer-generated deco ceiling in red.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like Poseidon record the
pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two
cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
cylinder pressure data. In this case there is agreement from the readings of
the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific procedures and information for downloading CCR dive
logs for Poseidon and APD equipment can be found in
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h3 id="_utiliser_la_carte_des_plongées_pour_obtenir_plus_d_8217_informations_sur_les_plongées">6.1. Utiliser la carte des plongées pour obtenir plus d’informations sur les plongées</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Dive Map has a number of buttons useful for manipulation several aspects
of a dive. These are:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MapViewMode.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Select this button to show the Dive Map as a satellite image or as a Google
Maps representation.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MapViewPlus.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Zoom in. Select a smaller area of the map.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MapViewMinus.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Zoom out. Select a larger area of the map.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MapMenu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Map menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The "Hamburger" button on the top right-hand of the Dive Map activates the
Map menu. The items are:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open location in <em>Google Maps</em>. Open the location of the active dive in a
separate Google Maps window with the dive site indicated by a Google Maps
teardrop marker.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy location to clipboard (decimal). Copy the coordinates of the active
dive to the clipboard in decimal degrees e.g. -25.933905 30.710572
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy location to clipboard (sexagesimal). Copy the coordinates of the active
dive to the clipboard in sexagecimal, e.g. 25°56’02.058"S 30°42’38.059"E
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select visible dive locations. In the Dive List panel, highlight all the
dive sites visible in the Dive Map. This allows easy selection of the dives
within a particular geographical area to inspect them or to calculate
statistics for them.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_l_8217_onglet_strong_informations_strong_pour_une_seule_plongée">6.2. L’onglet <strong>Informations</strong> (pour une seule plongée)</h3>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’onglet Informations donnée des informations résumées sur une plongée
sélectionnée dans la <strong>Liste des plongées</strong>. Les informations utiles
comprennent l’intervalle de surface avant une plongée, les profondeurs
maximale et moyenne de la plongée, le volume de gaz consommé, la
consommation équivalente à l’air (SAC) et le nombre d’unités de toxicité de
l’oxygène (OTU) atteint.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Consommation de gaz et calculs de la SAC (consommation équivalente à l’air):
<em>Subsurface</em> calcule la SAC et la consommation de gaz et tenant compte de
l’incompressibilité du gaz, en particuliter pour des blocs à des pressions
supérieures à 200 bar, les rendant plus précises. Référez-vous à
<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">l’Annexe F</a> pour plus d’information.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.3. L’onglet <strong>Extra info</strong> (généralement pour des plongées séparées)</h3>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lors de l’utilisation d’un ordinateur de plongée, celui-ci transmet souvent
des données qui ne peuvent pas être facilement standardisées parce que la
nature de ces informations diffère d’un ordinateur à l’autre. Ces données
conprennent souvent des informations de configuration, des métadonnées à
propos d’une plongée, le niveau de batterie, le temps d’interdiction de vol
(no fly) ou les gradient factor utilisés lors de la plongée. Quand cela est
possible, ces informations sont présentées dans l’onglet <strong>Extra
Info</strong>. Ci-dessous, vous trouverez une image affichant des données
supplémentaires pour une plongée utilisant un recycleur Poseidon.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h3 id="_l_8217_onglet_strong_statistiques_strong_pour_un_groupe_de_plongées">6.4. L’onglet <strong>Statistiques</strong> (pour un groupe de plongées)</h3>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’onglet Statistiques donne des statistiques résumées pour plusieurs
plongées, pour autant que plusieurs plongées soient sélectionnées dans la
<strong>Liste des plongées</strong> en utilisant les raccourcis standard Ctrl-clic ou
Maj-clic avec la souris. So une seule plongée est sélectionnée, les données
ne concernent que cette seule plongée. Cet onglet affiche le nombre de
plongées sélectionnées, la durée totale de ces plongées ainsi que les durées
minimale, maximale et moyenne parmi ces plongées, la température de l’eau et
la consommation équivalente à l’air (SAC). L’onglet affiche également la
plus petite et la plus grande profondeur atteinte pour ces plongées.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.5. Le <strong>Profil de plongée</strong></h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Parmi toutes les panneaux de <em>Subsurface</em>, le profil de plongée contient les
informations les plus détaillées concernant chaque plongée. Le profil de
plongée possède une <strong>barre de boutons</strong> sur el côté gauche, permettant le
contrôle de nombreuses options d’affichage. Les fonctions de ces boutons
sont décrites ci-dessous. L’objet principal du profil de plongée est le
graphique de la profondeur de la plongée en fonction du temps. En plus de la
profondeur, ce graphique affiche également les vitesses de descente et de
remontée en comparaison avec la vitesse recommandée. Cette information est
donnée en utilisant différentes couleurs:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
</tr>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
</tr>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tbody>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le profil permet également une lecture de la profondeur via les sommets et
planchers sur le graphique. Ainsi les utilisateurs, peuvent voir la
profondeur du point le plus bas et d’autres sommets. La profondeur moyenne
est affichée sous la forme d’une ligne grise, indiquant la moyenne de
profondeur à un moment précis de la plongée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Dans certains cas, le profil de plongée ne remplit pas toute la zone du
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong>. Cliquer sur le bouton <strong>Ajuster l’échelle du
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
graphique</strong> dans la barre d’outils sur la gauche du profil de plongée
augmente la taille du profil de plongée pour remplir la zone du panneau.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>température de l’eau</strong> est indiquée par une ligne bleue avec des valeurs de
température placées lors de changements significatifs.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="S_InfoBox">6.5.1. La boîte <strong>Information</strong></h4>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La boîte Information affiche un grand nombre d’informations concernant le
profil de plongée. Normalement, la boîte Information est située dans le coin
supérieur gauche du panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong>. Elle peut être déplacée
dans tout le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> en la cliquant-déplaçant avec la
souris à un endroit où elle ne masquera pas d’information importante. La
position de la boîte Information est enregistrée ré-utilisée pour les
analyses de plongée suivantes.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box
expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the
time point along the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand
part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the situation
at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor
horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point along
the dive profile. It gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD, also as gas density in
g/l), decompression requirements at that instant in time (Deco), time to
surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well as of the statistics in the
Information Box, shown as four buttons on the left of the profile
panel. These are:</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Affiche la <strong>Profondeur maximale d’utilisation (MOD)</strong> d’une plongée, en
fonction du mélange gazeux utilisé. La MOD dépend de la concentration en
oxygène du gaz respiré. Pour l’air (21% d’oxygène), il vaut envuron 57m si
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
une pO<sub>2</sub> maximale de 1.4 est choisie dans la section <strong>Préférences</strong>
(sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Profil</em> et éditez le champ <em>pO<sub>2</sub>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
dans le calcul de MOD</em>). En plongeant sous la MOD, il y a un risque
important d’exposition aux dangers liés à la toxicité de l’oxygène.</td>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface
(TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a dive,
given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is,
before an ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and
decompression is required (that is, there is an ascent ceiling above the
diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes required before the diver can
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression time. Even if the
profile contains several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the
dive is calculated using the current gas. TTS longer than 2 hours is not
accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>, an indication of the
surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less
than the real respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at
a rate roughly double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives
an indication of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of
the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The
units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox dives as well as the
<strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are important to
divers breathing gases other than air. Their values are dependent on the
composition of the breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air
dive that has the same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of
the nitrox dive at hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
obligation as an air dive to the depth equaling the EAD. The END is the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures
of the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
diving at a depth equaling the END.</td>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If at some point a isobaric counter diffusion situation is encountered in
the leading tissue (defined to be a moment in time where helium is
off-gassing while nitrogen is on-gassing and the net effect is on-gassing)
this is indicated in the infobox as well. Note that this condition not only
depends on the gas that is currently breathed but on the tissue loadings as
well.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La figure (<strong>B</strong>) ci-dessous affiche une boîte d’information avec un ensemble
quasiment complet de données.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<h5 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">Le graphique de pression gazeuse</h5>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
dive</em>, shown by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The light green area indicates the gas pressure, with the top margin of the
light green area showing the total gas pressure of ALL gases inhaled by the
diver and measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light
green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
indicate absolute pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
equilibrium pressure of the INERT gases inhaled by the diver, usually
nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the equilibrium
inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to
the total gas pressure value.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
algorithm, with fast tissues on the left hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The top black horizontal line indicates the inert gas pressure limit
determined by the gradient factor that applies to the depth of the diver at
the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the <em>Profile</em>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
M-value. That is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
is expected to be severe, resulting in a significant risk of decompression
sickness.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the image above. The way the Gas
Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive can be seen on the right hand side
of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The
pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the surface
equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, so their gas
pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the height of
the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
slowly increasing in pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since
during ascent the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value
(i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="_événements_rapportés_par_l_8217_ordinateur_durant_la_plongée">6.5.2. Événements rapportés par l’ordinateur durant la plongée</h4>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many dive computers record events during a dive. For instance, most dive
computers report alarms relating to high partial pressures of oxygen, to
rapid ascents or the exceeding of no-deco limits (NDL). On the other hand,
other events are classified as warnings and, for instance, occur when the
remaining gas in a cylinder falls below a predetermined limit, a deep stop
needs to be performed or the need to change gas during multicylinder
dives. Some dive computers also report notifications, e.g. when a safety
stop is initiated or terminated or when a predetermined amount of OTUs have
been incurred. The alarms, warnings and notifications differs from one dive
computer to another: some dive computers do not report any of the above
events, while others provide an extensive log of events. The reporting of
events is therefore a function of the dive computer used. In addition,
<em>Subsurface</em> does not always have the ability to detect all the events
reported by a specific dive computer.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Events are indicated by symbols on the dive profile. Notifications are shown
as a white, round symbol with a letter <em>i</em>; warnings are indicated by a
yellow triangle and alarms by a red triangle. By moving the cursor over a
symbol, the explanation is given in the bottom-most line of the <em>Information
Box</em> (see image below, where the cursor is positioned over the alarm that
was reported).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/profile_symbols.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Profile notification symbols" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some dive computers report <em>bookmarks</em> that the diver has set during the
dive. These are indicated as a small red flag on the profile and are
discussed more fully in the section on <a href="#S_Bookmarks"><em>inserting bookmarks</em></a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="_la_barre_d_8217_outils_du_profil">6.5.3. La barre d’outils du profil</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
nitrogen in black, and helium in dark red. These partial pressure graphs are
shown below the profile data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Affiche la pression partielle d'<strong>oxygène</strong> durant la plongée. Ceci est
affiché sous les graphiques de profondeur et de température de l’eau.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Affiche la pression partielle d'<strong>azote</strong> durant la plongée.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Affiche la pression partielle d'<strong>hélium</strong> durant la plongée. Ceci n’est
important que pour les plongeurs qui utilisent du Trimix, du Triox
(Helitrox) ou d’autres mélanges gazeux similaires.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
manually entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
line. Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure provides
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
using an air integrated dive computer. Here the color coding is not
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
relative to some absolute values but relative to the mean normalized air
consumption during the dive. So areas in red or orange indicate times of
increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>When in planner mode, the SAC is set to be constant during the bottom part
of the dive as well during decompression. Therefore, when planning a dive,
the color is a representation of the breathing gas density.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Cliquer sur le bouton Communter le rythme cardique permet d’afficher
l’information de rythme cardiaque pendant la plongée si l’ordinateur de
plongée est jumelé avec un détecteur de rythme cardique.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by
using the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of the mouse or trackpad. By default
<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30
minutes and 30m (100ft) –
recognizable; something free divers won’
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that you
wish to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white area
underneath the two red dots.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<td class="content">Les photos et vidéos qui ont été ajoutées à une plongée peuvent être
affichées sur le profil en sélectionnant le bouton <strong>Afficher les médias</strong>. La
position d’une photo ou vidéo sur le profil indique le moment exact où elle
a été prise. La durée de la vidéo est représentée par une bar si
<em>Subsurface</em> a pu extraire cette information du fichier vidéo. Si le bouton
n’est pas actif, les photos sont masquées.</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
ceilings occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
available for download; for example none of the Suunto dive computers make
these data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates
ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data available
(and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the calculation)
it’
the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are
used. It’
non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode
during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the
profile at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’
calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During
the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed
off so even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the
dive still does not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive
computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Si l’ordinateur de plongée calcule une palier et le rend disponible à
<em>Subsurface</em> durant le chargement des plongées, il peut être affiché sous la
forme d’une zone rouge en cochant le bouton "Commuter le plafond rapporté
par l’ordinateur de plongée" dans le panneau Profil.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Si le bouton <strong>Communter le plafond calculé</strong> du panneau Profil est cliqué, un
plafond, calculé par <em>Subsurface</em> est affiché en vert s’il existe pour une
plongée donnée (<strong>A</strong> dans l’image ci-dessous). Ceci peut être modifié de deux
façons:</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<td class="content">Si, en outre, le bouton <strong>Commuter l’affichage de tous les tissus</strong> est
cliqué, le plafond est affiché pour les compartiments de tissus selon le
modèle Bühlmann (<strong>B</strong> dans l’image ci-dessous).</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<td class="content">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si, en plus le bouton <strong>Commuter le plafond calculé avec des incréments de
3m</strong> est cliqué, le plafond est affiché avec des incréments de 3m (<strong>C</strong> dans
l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
<a href="#GradientFactors_Ref">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. N.B.: The indicated gradient
factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, but those
used by Subsurface to calculate deco obligations during the dive. For more
information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
represented as a colored bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general
oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a red
bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red
and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder (yellow and green)
after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-10-11 08:57:09 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/heatmap.png" alt="Note" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</td>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<td class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Display the tissue heat-map. The heat map summarises, for the duration of
the dive, the inert gas tissue pressures for each of the 16 tissue
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
compartments of the Bühlmann model. Blue colors mean low gas pressures in a
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
tissue compartment and thus on-gassing, green to red means excess gas in the
tissue and thus off-gassing. Fast to slow tissues are indicated from top to
bottom. The figure below explains in greater detail how the heat map can be
interpreted.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/Heatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>A</strong> on the left shows the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure
Graph</a> in the <strong>Information box</strong>, representing a snapshot of inert gas
pressures at a particular point in time during the dive. The inert gas
pressures of 16 tissue compartments are shown as dark green vertical bars
with the quick tissue compartments on the left and the slow tissue
compartments on the right. Refer to the section on the
<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> for more details on the
different elements of this graph.</p></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>B</strong> shows a gradient of unique colors, spanning the whole range of
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
inert gas pressures. It is possible to map the height of each of the dark
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
green vertical bars of <strong>A</strong> to a color in <strong>B</strong>. For instance, the fastest
(leftmost) dark green vertical bar in <strong>A</strong> has a height corresponding to the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
medium green part of <strong>B</strong>. The height of this bar can therefore be summarised
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
using a medium green color. Similarly, the highest dark green bar in <strong>A</strong> is
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
as high as the yellow part of <strong>B</strong>. The 14 remaining tissue pressure bars in
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<strong>A</strong> can also be translated to colors. The colors represent three ranges of
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
tissue inert gas pressure:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
The bottom range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>On-gassing</em>) includes colors from light
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
blue to black, representing tissue gas pressures below the equilibrium
pressure of inert gas (bottom horizontal line in <strong>A</strong>). The measurement unit
is the % of inert gas pressure, relative to the equilibrium inert gas
pressure. In this range on-gassing of inert gas takes place because the
inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment is lower than in the
surrounding environment. Black areas in the heat map indicate that a tissue
compartment has reached the equilibrium inert gas pressure, i.e. the inert
gas pressure in the tissue compartment equals that of the water in which the
diver is. The equilibrium pressure changes according to depth.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
The central range in <strong>B</strong> includes the colors from black to light green, when
the inert gas pressure of a tissue compartment is higher than the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
equilibrium pressure but less than the ambient pressure. In this zone
decompression is not very efficient because the gradient of inert gas
pressure from tissue to the environment is relatively small and indicated by
dark green areas of the heat map.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
The top range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>Off-gassing</em>) includes colors from light green
to red and white, repesenting tissue gas pressures above that of the total
ambient pressure (top of light green area of <strong>A</strong>). The measurement unit is
the % of inert gas pressure above ambient pressure, relative to the Bühlmann
M-value gradient (bottom of red area in <strong>A</strong>). These tissue pressures are
normally reached while ascending to a shallower depth. Below a value of
100%, this range indicates efficient off-gassing of inert gas from the
tissue compartment into the environment. Usually, efficient off-gassing is
indicated by light green, yellow or orange colors. Above 100% (red to white
in <strong>B</strong>) the M-value gradient is exceeded and the probability of
decompression sickness increases markedly.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>C</strong> shows the color mapping of each of the vertical bars in <strong>A</strong>, the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
fast tissues (on the left in <strong>A</strong>) depicted at the top and the slow tissue
compartments at the bottom of <strong>C</strong>. The highest vertical bar in <strong>A</strong> (vertical
bar 3rd from the left) is presented as the yellow rectangle 3rd from the top
in <strong>C</strong>. The 16 vertical bars in <strong>A</strong> are now presented as a vertical column
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
of 16 colored rectangles, representing a snapshot of tissue compartment gas
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
pressures at a particular instant during the dive.</p></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>D</strong> is a compilation of similar color mappings of 16 tissue
compartments during a 10-minute period of a dive, the colors representing
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the inert gas loading of a tissue compartment at a point in time during the
dive. Faster tissues are shown at the top and slower tissues at the bottom,
with time forming the horizontal axis of the graph. The column of rectangles
in <strong>C</strong> can be found on the horizontal axis between 9 and 10 minutes.</p></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The colors of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
settings. This is because the heat map indicates tissue pressures relative
to the Bühlmann M-value gradient, and not relative to any specific gradient
factor. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by
Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a></p></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the colors of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor(s),
the heat map is also applicable when using the VPM-B decompression model.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The image below compares the profiles and heat maps for two planned
decompression dives to 60m: the first using the Bühlmann decompression
model, the second using the VPM-B decompression model. Both profiles have
the same total decompression time, but the VPM-B model requires deeper stops
early in the acent phase.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In both profiles, the inert gas pressures in the faster tissues rise much
more rapidly than the slower tissues during the descent and bottom phase,
with the colors transitioning from light blue through blue and purple to
black. Similarly, the inert gas pressure in the fast tissues reduces more
rapidly than the slow tissues at each decompression stop, with colors
transitioning from red, orange and yellow to green and black.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The comparison of the two profiles and heatmaps shows that by including deep
stops, the oversaturation gradient in the faster tissues early in ascent
phase is reduced. However, on-gassing of slower tissues continues during
the deep stops, which leads to greater oversaturation gradient in slower
tissues at the end of the dive.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/tissueHeatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</div>
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="_le_menu_contextuel_du_profil_de_plongée">6.5.4. Le menu contextuel du Profil de plongée</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows creating
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes other
than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive Computer. Markers
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
are placed against the depth profile line, with the time of the event
determined by the mouse cursor when the right mouse button was clicked to
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve a selection of which gas is
being switched TO. The list of choices is based on the available gases
defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change events open a dialog letting
you choose the next setpoint value. As in the planner, a setpoint value of
zero shows the diver is breathing from an open circuit system while any
non-zero value shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By
right-clicking while over an existing marker a menu appears, adding options
to allow deletion of the marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be
hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by selecting Unhide all events
from the context menu.</p></div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h2 id="_organiser_le_carnet_de_plongée_manipuler_des_groupes_de_plongées">7. Organiser le carnet de plongée (manipuler des groupes de plongées)</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_DiveListContextMenu">7.1. Le menu contextuel de la Liste des plongées</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be
performed using the Dive List Context Menu. It is found by selecting either
a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le menu contextuel est utilisé pour de nombreuses fonctions décrites
ci-dessous.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="S_Divelist_columns">7.1.1. Personnaliser les colonnes affichées dans le panneau <strong>Liste des plongées</strong></h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>, bringing up a list of columns that can be shown in
the dive list (see above). Check an items to be included in the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. The list is immediately updated. Preferences for information shown
in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Photos_divelist"><p>By selecting the <em>Media</em> checkbox in the dropdown list, an icon is shown
indicating whether any media are associated with a particular dive. There
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
are three icons:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/duringPhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<td class="content">Cette plongée contient des photos ou vidéos prises durant la plongée,
généralement prises avec un appareil ou caméra submersible.</td>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/outsidePhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<td class="content">This dive has photographs or videos taken immediately before or immediately
after the dive. This is useful for finding photos/media of dive teams or
boats just before/after the dive, whales or other surface animals seen just
before or after the dive, or of landscapes as seen from the boat.</td>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/inAndOutPhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<td class="content">Cette plongée contient à la fois des photos ou vidéos prises pendant la
plongée, et juste avant ou juste après la plongée.</td>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renuméroter les plongées</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
sequence numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering of
dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because of the
dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with an
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
older date/time. This requires renumbering the dives. Do this by selecting
(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Provide the lowest sequence number
to be used. This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for
all the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Renumber a few selected dives in the dive list by selecting only the dives
that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive
List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting
the user specify the starting number for the process.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouper des plongées en voyages et manipuler les voyages</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
date/times not separated by more than two days and creating a single heading
for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an ungrouped dive
list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive list of
five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Auto group</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel now
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_éditer_le_titre_et_l_8217_information_associée_à_un_voyage_déterminé">7.3.1. Éditer le titre et l’information associée à un voyage déterminé</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
title bar from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
panel. Here you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
dive company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions
during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_visualiser_les_plongées_d_8217_un_voyage_déterminé">7.3.2. Visualiser les plongées d’un voyage déterminé</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
trips by clicking the expansion button [+/-] on the left of each trip
title. This expands the selected trip, revealing individual dives during the
trip.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_fusionner_des_plongées_venant_des_voyages_différents_en_un_seul_voyage">7.3.3. Fusionner des plongées venant des voyages différents en un seul voyage</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_diviser_un_voyage_en_plusieurs_voyages">7.3.4. Diviser un voyage en plusieurs voyages</h4>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes, for example, ten dives, you can split this trip into two
trips (trip 1: top four dives; trip 2: bottom six dives) by selecting and
right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user
create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top
four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The figures below show the
selection and context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the
right (B):</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_manipuler_des_plongées_uniques">7.4. Manipuler des plongées uniques</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_effacer_une_plongée_du_carnet_de_plongée">7.4.1. Effacer une plongée du carnet de plongée</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete
dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
duration.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, select
and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select
the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately
above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending on the date and
time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_décaler_l_8217_heure_de_début_d_8217_une_ou_plusieurs_plongées">7.4.4. Décaler l’heure de début d’une ou plusieurs plongées</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’
to situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
be adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong>
option should be selected. You must then specify the time (in hours and
minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the option of
whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_fusionner_plusieurs_plongées_en_une_seule">7.4.5. Fusionner plusieurs plongées en une seule</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded
by the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel. Merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate
dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting
<strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in
the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged
dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives that were
merged:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_diviser_les_plongées_sélectionnées">7.4.6. Diviser les plongées sélectionnées</h4>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>On some occasions, a diver reaches the surface and immediately dives
again. However, it may happen that the dive computer does not register a new
dive, but continues the previous dive due to the brief surface interval. In
this case it is possible to split a dive so that the two dives are shown as
independent dives on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. If this operation is performed,
<em>Subsurface</em> scans the selected dive(s) and splits the dive at points during
the dive where the depth is less than a metre.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_load_image_s_from_file_s">7.4.7. Load image(s) from file(s)</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed in the section: <a href="#S_LoadImage">Adding photographs
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
or videos to dives</a>.</p></div>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_load_image_from_web">7.4.8. Load image from web</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed in the section: <a href="#S_LoadImage">Adding photographs
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
or videos to dives</a>.</p></div>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_annuler_les_manipuations_sur_les_plongées">7.4.9. Annuler les manipuations sur les plongées</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>split selected
dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after
performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This
brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtrer la liste des plongées</h3>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, selecting only some of
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, divemaster,
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep
dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
particular buddy.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimized by
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
selecting the <strong>green up-arrow</strong>. When minimized, only these three icons are
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
shown. The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the <strong>red button</strong>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
with the white cross.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
(buddy / divemaster), dive site and dive suit. Each of these is represented
by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
filter tool, allowing the listing of only some attributes within that check
list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter text box above the tags
check list, results in the list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find search terms for
filtering the dive list.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface filters
therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the filters
within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Export le carnet de plongée ou des parties de celui-ci</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Il y a deux façons d’exporter des informations de plongée depuis Subsurface:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
destinations ou formats</a>
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.1. Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres destinations ou formats</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting
<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un carnet de plongée ou une partie de celui-ci peut être enregistré dans
différents formats:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Format <em>Subsurface XML</em>. C’est le format utilisé nativement par
<em>Subsurface</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
dive computers and computer programs.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, you need a user-ID as well as a password for
<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on
recreational dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration
with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. dive ceiling,
calculated cylinder pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export
contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on
the second tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this
option is to export all your dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it
would serve as a portable record of dives, useful for dive companies wishing
to verify the dive history of a diver, and doing away with the need to carry
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
an original logbook when doing dives with dive companies.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you
select any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
in text, as shown in the image below.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<p>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
<em>TeX</em> format, a file for printing using the TeX typesetting software. Choose
a filename with a <em>.tex</em> extension. You will also need a template file, that
can be obtained from
<a href="http://www.atdotde.de/%7erobert/subsurfacetemplate/">http://www.atdotde.de/~robert/subsurfacetemplate/</a>
in the same directory as the <em>.tex</em> file. The file can then be processed
with plain TeX (not LaTeX), for example by running <em>pdftex filename.tex</em> on
the command line.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/texexample.png" alt="Figure: Export to TeX" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
all photos or videos attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
List</em>, together with the depth underwater where of each of those
photos/videos was taken.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When the "Anonymize" option is selected for xml-based file formats, the
letters A-Z are all replaced by the letter <em>X</em> in the notes, buddy,
divemaster, divesite name and divesite description fields. This way, you can
share dive log files for debugging purposes without revealing personal
information. Please note, though, that other characters are not replaced, so
this is not useful for languages with non-latin characters and GPS
coordinates of dive sites are preserved as well.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
starting from 1.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
be attached to the HTML exports.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
size and theme.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
record of diving activities for your pleasure, but it’
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
information required for admission to training courses or sometimes even
diving sites. The security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log
that is resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of
equipment, the Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit
that you can access your dive log from anywhere in the world. For this
reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as
a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
steps:</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
<em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
dive log in the cloud.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
box, not visible previously.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
address confirmation)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
<em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
cloud storage</em> server.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
This means the data from
the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the
data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
connected to the Internet.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</ul></div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive
information shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the
calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some cylinder
pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefer not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
don’t need the web access), it’
using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For instance
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<a href="https://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that allows
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop
computer.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
on your desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="S_user_space">10. Several <em>Subsurface</em> users on one desktop computer</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>A frequent need is for two or more persons to use <em>Subsurface</em> on the same
desktop computer. For instance members of a household may use the same
computer or one family member may perform dive uploads for other family
members/friends. There are two approaches for doing this.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A)</strong> If the different users of a desktop computer do not log onto the desktop/laptop under different user names
then the simplest way is for each person to use her/his own divelog file within Subsurface. In this case John
would work with the <em>Subsurface</em> file <em>johns-divelog</em> and Joan would use <em>joans-divelog</em>. Select
the appropriate dive log by selecting, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, <em>File → Open logbook</em> and then select your own
dive log file from the list of files lower down in the menu. However, a problem arises if the users
prefer different settings for <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance, one diver may prefer to see the dive ceiling in the
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<strong>Profile Panel</strong> and media icons in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, while the other may not have these preferences. In addition,
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
the cloud connection is normally unique for each <em>Subsurface</em> installation and if more than one user wishes to save
dive data on the cloud, it is inconvenient to open the <strong>Preferences</strong> and change the user-ID data every time
the cloud is accessed. To solve these problems, launch <em>Subsurface</em> with a <em>--user=<user name></em> command-line option.
John can then activate <em>Subsurface</em> with this command-line instruction:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface --user=John</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>while Joan can launch <em>Subsurface</em> using:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface --user=Joan</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this case, each user’s preferences, settings and cloud access information are stored separately, allowing
each diver to interact with <em>Subsurface</em> in her/his preferred way and with individual cloud access. The above
process can be made user-friendly by creating a link/shortcut with a desktop icon that executes the above
command-line instruction. Use of the <em>--user=</em> option therefore enables each user to create, maintain and
backup a separate dive log within a personalised user interface. This way, when each diver launches <em>Subsurface</em>,
it opens with the correct dive log as well as the appropriate display and backup preferences, and each diver
can access their own divelog on a mobile device using <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual"><em>Subsurface-Mobile</em></a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>B)</strong> On the other hand, if the users log onto the same computer using different userIDs and passwords (i.e. users each
have a separate user space), <em>Subsurface</em> is available independently to each user and every diver automatically has a separate
user profile and settings, including unique cloud and <em>Subsurface-Mobile</em> access.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">11. Imprimer un carnet de plongée</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Certains choix doivent être fait avant l’impression:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part is
required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information
should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image
<strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to get the desired information
and page layout:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
other information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print options</em> select:
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before activating the
print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Printing in color, done by checking the box with <em>Print in color</em>. If this
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
check box is not checked, printing is in black and white.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
several choices. (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
dive profiles
of each dive (see below):
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
below)
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the
dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you
can change the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal
taste.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the operating
system, letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image
below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
page.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">11.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create
a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> vous permet de configurer un ordinateur de
plongée. Actuellement, les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont
Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2/2N/2C, OSTC 3, Sport) et Suunto Vyper (Stinger,
Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de
ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être lues et modifiées. Pour commencer,
assurez vous que les pilotes pour votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés
(également nécessaire pour télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de
périphérique de l’ordinateur de plongée est connu. Voir
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<a href="#appendix_a">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
menu principal. Sélectionner le nom du périphérique (ou le point de montage)
dans la liste déroulante, en haut du panneau de configuration et
sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de plongée à partir du panneau à
gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
suivantes peuvent être effectuées :</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="S_Preferences">13. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>, mostly affecting the way in which
<em>Subsurface</em> shows dive information to the user. The settings are in six
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
panels: <em>General</em>, <em>Units</em>, <em>Profile</em>, <em>Language</em>, <em>Network</em>, and
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Georeference</em>, all of which operate on the same principles: specified
settings can be applied to the display of the dive log by selecting
<em>Apply</em>. At this stage, any new settings only apply to the present session
and are not saved. In order to apply new settings permanently, select the
<em>Save</em> button. If you do not wish to apply the new preferences, select
<em>Cancel</em>.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<h3 id="_general">13.1. General</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several headings in the <strong>General</strong> panel:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences general page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Specify the font type and font size of the
<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: decreasing the font size allows one to see more dives on a screen.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive Log File</em> specify the directory and
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
file name of your
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: From the dropdown list, select the default cylinder to be used in
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
by setting this slider
with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
at all.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<strong>Video thumbnails</strong>: In generating thumbnails for videos associated with dives, <em>Subsurface</em>
needs to have the appropriate information (see section on <a href="#S_ViewMedia">View Images</a>). Three preferences need to be set
as explained in <a href="#S_APPENDIX_F">APPENDIX F</a>. These are: a) switch on thumbnails, b) specify
the location of the <em>ffmpeg</em> program and c) set the place within video where the thumbnail needs
to be obtained from.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
cleared and set to default values.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_units">13.2. Units</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref2_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, volume,
temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button at
the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement
system. Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units
can be selected independently, with some in the metric system and others in
imperial.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_profil">13.3. Profil</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau comporte trois sections:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref4_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p><strong>Gas pressure display setup</strong>. Even though nitrogen and helium pressures are also included here, these items mainly pertain to oxygen management:
<strong> <em>Thresholds</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> can display graphs of the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium
partial pressures during
the dive, activated using the toolbar on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel. For each of these graphs, specify a threshold value. If any of the graphs go
above the specified threshold, the graph is
highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
The pO<sub>2</sub> threshold is probably the most important one and a value of 1.6 is commonly used.
</strong> <em>pO<sub>2</sub> in calculating MOD</em> is used for calculating the maximum operative depth for a particular
nitrox or trimix gas mixture. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.</p></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
CCR Options: These options determine oxygen management for CCR dives:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive planner default setpoint</em>: Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
profile context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<em>CCR: Show O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<em>pSCR options</em>. These preferences determine how passive semi-closed circuit (pSCR) dives
are planned and how the pSCR deco ceiling is calculated:
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<em>Metabolic rate:</em> this is the
volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
and decompression calculations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>pSCR ratio:</em> The dilution ratio (or dump ratio) is the ratio of gas released to the
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Show equivalent OC with pSCR pO<sub>2</sub></em>: The pO<sub>2</sub> in the pSCR loop is usually lower than the
pO<sub>2</sub> of the fresh gas from the cylinder. Activating this checkbox allows the pO<sub>2</sub> graph
in the dive profile to also show the pO<sub>2</sub> of the fresh gas entering the loop.
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<strong>Ceiling display setup</strong>. These settings mostly deal with nitrogen and helium management
by determining how the decompression ceiling (ascent ceiling) is calculated and displayed:
</p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Algorithm for calculating ceiling</em>. Choose between the Bühlmann Z1H-L16
decompression model and the VPM-B model:
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>VPM-B</em>: Provide a conservatism level for calculating the VPM-B ceiling. Values between 0
(least conservative) and 4 (most conservative) are valid.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
Bühlmann: Set the <em>gradient factors</em> (GFLow and GFHigh) for calculcating the deco ceiling following
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the ZH-L16 algorithm. GF_Low is the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used at the surface.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen and helium exposure during a dive, in a
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
respect to inert gas loading and the deeper the ceilings are. Gradient
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
harsh.
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
For more information see:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Misc</strong>
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there
was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Show mean depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows
the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
ascent.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_langue">13.4. Langue</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choisissez une langue que <em>Subsurface</em> utilisera.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref3_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check the <em>System Default</em> language i.e. the language of the underlying
operating system if this is appropriate. This is the default setting in
<em>Subsurface</em>. To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
country combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box to
list similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of
English or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of
<em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans cette section, spécifiez également les formats de date et d’heure pour
l’affiche des détails de plongée.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_réseau">13.5. Réseau</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
to communicate with web services such as Cloud storage, or when you want to
communicate through a proxy.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref5_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<em>Proxy</em>:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
from your ISP.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information
regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
Two additional options are given:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_géoréférencement">13.6. Géoréférencement</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
of a dive site) derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<em>Subsurface-Mobile</em> app). A search on the Internet is done to find the name
of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has
an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image
below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref7_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Georeference panel" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">14. Le planificateur de plongée de <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of inert gas
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker, or using the VPM-B model.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<td class="content">Le planificateur de plongée de <em>Subsurface</em> EST EN PHASE EXPÉRIMENTALE et
suppose que l’utilisateur est déjà familier avec l’interface utilisateur de
<em>Subsurface</em>. Il est utilisé explicitement aux conditions suivantes :</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
L’utilisateur est bien informé au sujet de la planification de plongée et a
la formation nécessaire pour faire une planification de plongée.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
L’utilisateur planifie des plongées dans les limites de sa certification.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La planification de plongée se base sur les caractéristiques d’une <em>personne
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
normale</em> et ne peut compenser les caractéristiques physiologiques, l’état de
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
santé, l’historique personnel et les caractéristiques du mode de vie.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La sécurité d’une planification de plongée dépend en grande partie de la
façon dont le planificateur est utilisé.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
L’utilisateur est familier avec l’interface de <em>Subsurface</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Un utilisateur qui n’est pas absolument certain d’un des prérequis ci-dessus
ne devrait pas utiliser cette fonction.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div></div>
<div class="sect2">
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<h3 id="_l_8217_écran_du_planificateur_de_plongée_em_subsurface_em">14.1. L’écran du planificateur de plongée <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
into the sections on the left hand and bottom side of the screen. They are:
Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the
dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
use.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<img src="images/PlannerWindow1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_plongées_en_circuit_ouvert">14.2. Plongées en circuit ouvert</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Circuit ouvert (option par défaut)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
CCR
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Choisissez l’option Circuit ouvert.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive
parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended
dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in meters,
assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
<a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the
cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
list, then specify the start pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the
oxygen concentration (O<sub>2</sub>%) field empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
the top right-hand of the dialogue.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Le tableau <em>Gaz disponibles</em> inclut trois champs de profondeur de gaz,
nommés:
2016-10-11 08:57:09 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Deco switch at: the switch depth for deco gases. Unless overridden by the user, this will be
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
automatically calculated based on the Deco pO<sub>2</sub> preference (default 1.6 bar)
2016-10-11 08:57:09 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Bot. MOD: the gas Maximum Operating Depth (MOD) if it is used as a bottom mix. Automatically
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
calculated based on the Bottom pO<sub>2</sub> preference (default 1.4 bar). Editing this field will modify the
O<sub>2</sub>% according to the depth set. Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best O<sub>2</sub>% for the dive maximum depth.
2016-10-11 08:57:09 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
MND: the gas Maximum Narcotic Depth (MND). Automatically calculated based on the Best Mix END
preference (default 30m / 98 ft). Editing this field will modify the He% according to the depth set.
Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best He% for the dive maximum depth.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Le profil d’une plongée planifiée peut être créé de deux façons:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to
represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-clicking
the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by right-clicking a
particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting
context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
setpoint</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_plongées_loisir">14.2.1. Plongées loisir</h4>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is intended for what most divers would call
"recreational", "sports"or "nontechnical" dives, remaining within no-deco
limits (NDL). It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current
depth without needing mandatory decompression stops and without using more
than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional
dive tables are also used in a way that can take into account previous
dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? The subsurface dive
planner provides two significant advantages over the use of recreational
dive tables for dive planning.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Firstly, using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of each previous
dive is taken into account. But few dives are done at a constant depth
corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
means dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous
dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to
the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a similar way as
dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the
diver gets <em>credit,</em> in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum
depth during previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
For the planner to work it’s therefore crucial to log previous dives in
<em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Secondly, recreational dive tables are not designed to build additional
safety features into a dive. NDL times derived from dive tables often take
divers close to the limit where decompression sickness (DCS) can arise. The
Subsurface dive planner allows a diver to build more safety features into a
dive plan, preventing recreational divers from getting close to the limits
of getting a DCS hit. This is performed by specifying appropriate gradient
factors for a dive plan, as explained below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows
calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
working cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Available gases</em>.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate,
under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom
section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The
reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to bring a
buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in sharing
depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so
most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40
or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better
because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
during the ascent.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as described under the previous
heading. If this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to
represent the dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding
appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em>
table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive
to the maximum duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
La vitesse de remontée peut être modifiée. Les vitesses de remontée par
défaut sont celles qui sont considérées comme sûres pour les plongées
loisir.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<li>
<p>
To build additional safety into the dive plan (over and above those of
recreational dive tables), specify gradient factors less than 100% (<em>GFHigh</em>
and <em>GFLow</em> under the <em>Planning</em> heading in the planner). On the other hand,
to approximate the values in recreational dive tables, set the gradient
factors to 100. By reducing the values of GFHigh and GFLow to values below
100, one can build more safety into a dive. Decreasing the values of the
gradient factors below 100 will shorten the duration of the dive. This is
the price of a larger safety margin. Reasons for using gradient factors less
than 100 may be the age of the diver, the health of a diver, or unusual
conditions such as cold water or strong currents. Realistic conservative
values for the gradient factors are GFLow=40% and GFHigh=80%. This allows
you to create a cusom dive plan, suited to yourself as well as the dive
conditions.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</ul></div>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters with
gradient factors of 100. Because the no-deco limit (NDL) is 22 minutes,
there remains a significant amount of air in the cylinder at the end of the
dive.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Planner_OC_rec1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco
limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings
specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<em>Available gases</em>. If the start cylinder pressure is left blank, the dive
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is the same dive plan as above, but with a safety stop and reduced
gradient factors for a larger safety margin.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<img src="images/Planner_OC_rec2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: gradient factors setup" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h4 id="_plongées_en_circuit_ouvert_non_loisir_incluant_une_décompression">14.2.2. Plongées en circuit ouvert non loisir, incluant une décompression</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
using multiple breathing gases. These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GFHigh and GFLow
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
the planner), the new values are
used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>.
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model, albeit
at the cost of higher tissue compartment pressures in the slow tissues.
When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact
physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
practice.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note as well that there is an intrinsic assumption of the VPM-B model
that off-gassing only happens during the ascent phase of the dive (which is
the part controlled by the planner). Thus it is possible to get misleading
results if you manually enter waypoints well in the decompression phase of
your dive. This is particularly relevant when editing a dive read from disk
in the planner since that will have waypoints up to the surface. Thus for
those dives, first delete all waypoints during the ascent phase. This is
most easily done by holding the Ctrl- or Command-key while clicking on the
trash can icon next to the first ascent waypoint in the table on the left
hand side.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour plus d’information en dehors de ce manuel, voir:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
and is specified for several depth ranges, using the mean depth as a
yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on
the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often in the range of
8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in the range of
4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first
depth</em> is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the
maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
Commonly used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. The depth at which switching to a gas
takes place can be edited in the
<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally, the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
gas within the dive
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
is not sufficient and you needs to
monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
for unforeseen circumstances.
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.
In addition to calculating the total gas consumption for every cylinder the planner provides one way
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
of calculating the recommended volume of bottom gas which is needed for safe ascent to the
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
first deco gas change depth or the surface. This procedure is called the "minimum gas" or "rock bottom"
consideration and it is used by various (but not all)
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
technical diving organisations. See the text below for a detailed explanation.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
offers an unique graphical interface for doing planning. The mechanics are
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of
<em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
20 min is offered in the blue design surface in the top right hand part of
the planner window. The white dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged
with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line
and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
represent the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify
the ascent part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
existing settings. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or
gas) are exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from BLUE to
RED.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in
the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main features of
the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
(if these are implemented). In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional
way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A
waypoint can also be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. The
waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand
in order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, it is
sometimes more easy to create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These
changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the
table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, automatic gas
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
switches will be planned during the ascent to the surface.</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Cylinders used for the plan need to be entered in the table of <em>Available
gases</em>. In the column <em>Type</em> select the appropriate cylinder size by using
the dropdown list that appears when double-clicking a cell in this
column. By default, a large number of sizes are listed, and a new cylinder
size can be created by typing this into the text box. The cylinder size,
start pressure and default switch depths are initialised
automatically. Specify the gas composition (e.g. helium and oxygen
content). A non-zero value in the "CC setpoint" column of the table of dive
planner points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and
that the segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the
last manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode and the planner only
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter dive profile segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table by providing
a time duration for a segment as well as its final depth. If more than one
cylinder is used during the dive, ensure that the appropriate cylinder is
selected for each segment of the dive plan by double-clicking the cell and
selecting the appropriate cylinder from the dropdown list in the <em>Used gas</em>
column. If required, insert a row in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table by
adding a new line and then setting the <em>Run time</em> value appropriately. In
image A below, a segment (using an EAN50 cylinder) has been added and you
wish to use this gas during the very start of the dive (the other gas is not
breathable at the surface). Upon pressing Enter on the keyboard, that
segment is moved to the top of that table and the plan is adjusted
automatically to take into account this new segment of the dive plan (image
B below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/planner1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: segments" />
</div>
</div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ci-dessous, vous trouverez un exemple d’une planification de plongée
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
utilisant du Tx20/30 et l’algorithme Bühlmann, suivie d’une remontée
utilisant du EAN50 et utilisant les réglages décrits ci-dessous.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Planner_OC_deco.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button
towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear in
the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Les détails du plan de plongée</strong></p></div>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right panel of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>,
the details of the dive plan are provided. These may be modified by checking
any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner,
immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive
plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan
is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded during
the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
information.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive plan variations</strong>: The planner has a check box <em>Display plan variations</em>. By checking this box, the planner
provides information about a dive that is a little deeper or slightly
longer than the planned dive. This is found near the top of the <em>Dive plan details</em>
where the dive duration is indicated. The information is intended to be used if it is necessary to
modify the ascent "on the fly" in the case of unexpected deviations from the dive plan during the dive.
For example, if it says "Runtime: 123min, Stop times + 2:49 /m + 1:30 /min" this means: if you dive deeper
than planned, you should add almost 3 minutes per meter you go deeper to your decompression (and
you can substract 3 minutes per meter that you stay shallower). If you overstay your bottom
time, you need to add one and a half minutes to the stops for each minutes you overstay
and similarly, you can shorten your deco time by one and a half minute for each minute
you stay shorter. These variations of depth and time are based on the last manually entered segment of the
dive (not necessarily the deepest). The additional minutes should be distributed
over the differnent stops in a way proportional to the stop length, i.e. add more of the
additional minutes to the longer, shallower stops. The given times refer to the
duration of the decompression phase and do not include the extended bottom time!
This way of altering dive plans becomes inaccurate for large deviations from the original
plan. So it should not be trusted for more than a few minutes or meters of
deviations from the planned bottom time. Checking this option creates a lot of additional computation,
to such a degree that the planner is slower than otherwise.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Minimum gas requirements</strong>: The planner also estimates the <em>minimum gas</em> pressure
required for safe ascent after an event that causes the dive to be aborted. The
calculation assumes that in worst case an out of gas (OoG)
situation occurs at the end of the planned bottom time at maximum depth, requiring
additional time at maximum depth to solve the problem and forcing
the buddy pair the share the gas of one diver. In addition the combined SAC of both
divers is increased by an estimated factor compared to the SAC of a single diver under normal conditions.
The result of the minimum gas calculation for the bottom gas is printed to the planner output. There
are two selector boxes on the left of the <em>Dive plan details</em>:</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<em>SAC factor</em>. This is an estimate of the degree to which your SAC increases
if a critical problem arises underwater, e.g. gas sharing or
entanglement. Realistic values range from 3 to 5, reflecting the gas use of
two divers sharing a single gas cylinder after an OoG situation.
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<em>Problem solving time</em>. This is an estimate of how long you would take to
solve the problem before starting the ascent to terminate the dive. The
default value is 2 minutes.
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the above information, the planner then estimates what the minimum
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
bottom gas cylinder pressure needs to be for a safe ascent. This information
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
is given near the bottom of the <em>Dive plan details</em>, following the
calculation of bottom gas used during the dive if it exactly follows the
plan. the minimum gas is typically given as:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Minimum gas (based on 2.0xSAC/+1min@81m): 2130 l/90bar/Δ:+80bar</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
Within parentheses, the <em>SAC factor</em> and <em>Problem solving time</em> specified.
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The number of liters of back gas required for a safe ascent (2130 litres in
the example above)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The number of bars of back gas required for a safe ascent (90 bars in the
example above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The delta-value: number of bars of back gas available at the end of the
bottom section of the dive, <em>over and above</em> the minimum gas requirement (80
bars in the above example). A positive delta reflects a safe plan; a
negative delta indicates insufficient gas for a safe ascent.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>No automatic checks are performed based on this result. The feature only
gives valid results for simple, rectangular shaped single level dive
profiles. For multi level dives one would need to check every leg of the
profile independently.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Isobaric counterdiffusion information</strong>: For gas switches during the ascent in hypoxic open-circuit trimix dives information
about isobaric counterdiffusion (icd) is given near the bottom of the <em>Dive plan details</em>, based on the
rule-of-fifths (i.e. during a gas change, the increase in nitrogen partial pressure should not exceed
one fifth of the corresponding decrease in partial pressure of helium). For each gas change, two lines
are printed, indicating the changes in gas fractions (%) and the equivalent changes in partial pressures. If the
rule-of-fifths is not met, the relevant information is highlighted in red and a warning message appears
at the bottom of that table. The gas change events on the dive profile also provide information on icd,
visible at the bottom of the <em>Information box</em> when the mouse hovers on the respective gas change icon. This information
is only shown for gas changes relevant with respect to icd. If the rule-of-fifths is not met,
a red warning exclamation mark is shown over the gas change icon. When relevant, the <em>Information box</em> contains
information such as: ICD ΔHe:-13% ΔN₂+3%>2.6%. This means: for this gas change, the helium
decreased with 13% while the nitrogen increased with 3% which
is more than the 2.6% maximum increase in nitrogen suggested by the rule-of-fifths.</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">The <strong>plan variations</strong> and <strong>minimum gas</strong> estimates are only guidelines for a
diver performing dive planning, intended to enhance the safety of executing
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
a particular dive plan and do not replace formal contingency planning for a
specific dive. They are NOT precise and should NOT be relied upon as the
only safety features in dive planning. Interpret these estimates within the
framework of your formal training to perform dive planning.</td>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">14.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Profile</em>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
ratio (default 1:8) as well as the metabolic rate. Specify the bottom and deco SAC rates.
Here the SAC in the planner is the volume of gas per minute
that is exhaled into the loop on the surface, <strong>not</strong> the amount of gas that escapes into the water.
The calculation takes the oxygen drop
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
across the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
details</em>. A typical pSCR cylinder setup is very similar to an open circuit dive;
2018-02-07 16:49:11 +00:00
one or more dive cylinders, possibly with different bottom and decompression
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
gases, including gas switches during the dive like in open circuit diving.
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
Therefore, the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
are very similar to that of a open circuit dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Planner_pSCR.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_planification_pour_bailout_pscr">14.3.1. Planification pour bailout pSCR</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/pscr_b1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Open circuit diving is often part of a pSCR dive because, at shallow depths,
the pO<sub>2</sub> in the loop is often too low for breathing and the shallow parts
of a pSCR dive are often done on OC. The change from rebreather mode to OC
or <em>vice versa</em> is indicated using bailout events. The image on the left
shows a pSCR dive plan (using three cylinders) where the shallow parts of
the dive are performed using EAN50 in order to have a sufficient pO<sub>2</sub>. The
bottom part of the dive is perfomed with EAN31 (Cyl. 2 in the <strong>Available
gases</strong> table, also indicated in the <strong>Dive planner points</strong> table). The third
cylinder, also EAN31, is a bailout cylinder which is, initially, not used.
In this case the plan is for a cave dive with a bottom time of 20 minutes
and the turning point in the bottom part of the dive is at 16 minutes
(i.e. ten minutes into the bottom part of the dive). The orange pO<sub>2</sub> graph
indicates the equivalent OC pO<sub>2</sub> during the dive and the green pO<sub>2</sub>
indicates the estimated pO<sub>2</sub> in the loop, the whole dive being performed in
rebreather mode. We wish to plan for a worst-case scenario with bailout at
the turning point (i.e. the furthest point into the cave). In the <strong>Dive
planner points</strong> table, change the <strong>Dive mode</strong> of the last two segments to
<strong>OC</strong> (indicated in the left-hand image, labled <strong>A</strong>, below). In this case the
existing EAN31 cylinder (Cyl.2 in the <strong>Dive planner points</strong> table is used
for bailout (i.e. the bailout cylinder [Cyl. 3] has not been used yet). Note
that the pO<sub>2</sub> graph now indicates the appropriate pO<sub>2</sub> values, since the
gas breathed now has the pO<sub>2</sub> of an OC configuration. In order to switch to
the bailout cylinder (Cyl. 3), indicate this by selecting the appropriate
cylinder in the <strong>Dive planner points</strong> table as indicated in the image on the
right, below (labeled <strong>B</strong>). The icon on the depth profile now shows an
overlapping bailout event with cylinder change. As in the graph on the left,
the appropriate pO<sub>2</sub> values are shown in the pO<sub>2</sub> graphs. The volumes of
gas required can be obtained at the bottom of the <strong>Dive plan details</strong> panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/pscr_b2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In the case of a pSCR dive plan for open water, the worst-case scenario is
probably bailout at the end of the deepest part of the dive. Create a
1-minute segment at the end of the deepest part of the dive plan. This last
segment (represented by the bottom row of the <strong>Dive planner points</strong> table)
is then manipulated using the <strong>Dive mode</strong> and <strong>Used gas</strong> columns, as in the
cave example, above. See the example of bailout for a CCR dive, below, that
uses this approach.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_planifier_des_plongées_ccr_recycleur">14.4. Planifier des plongées CCR (recycleur)</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Profile</em> from
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<img src="images/Planner_CCR.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_planification_pour_bailout_ccr">14.4.1. Planification pour bailout CCR</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/CCR_b1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">It is often necessary to plan for a worst-case bailout event in order to
ensure sufficient bailout gas to reach the surface, taking into account
decompression. This is done by defining a 1-minute segment at the end of the
bottom part of the dive, as in the image on the left where a CCR dive to 40m
for 21 minutes is planned.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/CCR_b2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">In the dive planner points table, change the <em>Dive mode</em> of this 1-minute
segment to <em>OC</em>. This signifies bailout. In this case there is bailout to
the existing diluent cylinder (assuming this cylinder has sufficient
gas). The appropriate pO<sub>2</sub> and cylinder pressure graphs are shown in the
dive profile, as in the image on the left. Note that the setpoint drops to
zero after bailout, since this value does not apply to breathed bailout gas.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/CCR_b3.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">In order to plan for bailout to an external bailout cylinder, change the
<em>Used gas</em> for the 1-minute segment to the appropriate cylinder, as in the
example on the left. Note that the cylinder change as well as the bailout
are indicated with overlapping icons.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The volumes of gases required for bailout can be found at the bottom of the
<strong>Dive plan details</strong> panel.</p></div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Replan">14.5. Modifier une planification existante</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to
change a saved dive plan. To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes to be made
and saved as usual.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
dive and adds a (possibly modified, - earlier dives are now taken into
account -) copy to the dive list. If that copy is saved with the same start
time as the original, the two dives are considered two versions of the same
dive and do not influence other each during decompression calculation (see
next section).</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_planifier_des_plongées_successives">14.6. Planifier des plongées successives</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
repetitive dive set are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures and the affect
of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning another dive,
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been logged then
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, the
planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive and
plans accordingly.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you
want to plan a dive using this configuration, highlight the template dive in
the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes into account the
configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_imprimer_un_plan_de_plongée">14.7. Imprimer un plan de plongée</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
Plan Details</em> for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan
Details</em> to include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>However, after the plan has been saved, it is represented in a way very
similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be accessed in the
same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the dive plan
is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the same way as
for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="S_MergeDivePlan">14.8. Enregistrer une plongée avec sa planification</h3>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In the section dealing with <a href="#S_MultipleDiveComputers">dives using more than one dive computer</a> we discussed the way in which multiple profiles for a
single dive can be viewed using the left-arrow and right-arrow keyboard
keys. A similar method can be used for saving a dive plan with the profile
of the actual dive, once this has been uploaded into <em>Subsurface</em>. In order
to do this:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Do the dive planning and save the final plan in the <em>Dive List</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
Après la plongée, télécharger les données depuis l’ordinateur de plongée.
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Change the date and time of the <em>dive plan</em> to coincide with that of the
real-life dive from the <em>dive computer</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the <em>Dive List</em>, highlight the dive plan as well as the data for the real
dive and merge the two dives, making use of the Dive List Context Menu
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
(available by right-clicking a dive).
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The text version of the dive plan is appended to the Notes in the <em>Notes
Tab</em>. With this merged dive highlighted in the <em>Dive List</em>, switch between
the planned profile and the real-life profile using the
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
right-arrow/left-arrow keyboard keys.</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h2 id="_lancer_em_subsurface_em_depuis_la_ligne_de_commande">15. Lancer <em>Subsurface</em> depuis la ligne de commande</h2>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> can be launched from the command-line to set some specialised
settings or as part of an script-based automated process for manipulating a
dive log. The format for launching <em>Subsurface</em> from the command-line is:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface [options] [logfile ...] [--import logfile ...]</code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ces options incluent:</p></div>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Command-line option</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--help</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print a summary of the command-line options</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-h</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print a summary of the command-line options</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--import logfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">A file name before this option is treated as an existing dive log, everything after is imported into the existing dive log</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--verbose</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-v</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-v -v</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print even more debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--version</p></td>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Prints the current version of <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--survey</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Opens the <a href="#S_UserSurvey">user survey</a> immediately after starting <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--user=<username></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Choose the <a href="#S_user_space">configuration space</a> of user <username></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--cloud-timeout=<duration></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Set the timeout for cloud connection (0 < duration < 60). This enables longer timeouts for slow Internet connections</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">16. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_fichier">16.1. Fichier</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<em>Cloud storage online</em> - Switch between the online version of the logbook,
and the locally stored one.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
formats.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved media</em></a> - If photos/videos taken during
dives have been moved to
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_édition">16.2. Édition</h3>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The Edit option allows one to undo or redo an action, e.g. deleting dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_importer">16.3. Importer</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_journal_log">16.4. Journal (log)</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Planifier des plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - Copier les
informations de plusieurs champs d’un journal de plongée vers le
presse-papier.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
<strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour coordonner vos journaux (logs).
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_vue">16.5. Vue</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
<em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
<strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
plongée</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
mondiale</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
plongées effectuées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
logged from more than one. See the sections on
<a href="#S_MultipleDiveComputers">using multiple dive computers for the same dive</a>
and <a href="#S_MergeDivePlan">Saving an uploaded dive with its dive plan</a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<h3 id="_aide">16.6. Aide</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
<em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
<em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<h2 id="appendix_a">17. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">17.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
<a href="https://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">17.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<td class="content">Lors de la connexion d’un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
<em>Subsurface</em> proposera généralement soit une liste déroulante avec le bon
nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques méthodes pour trouver le nom
de votre périphérique ;</td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ouvrir un terminal
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
USB Serial support registered for generic
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d’écriture sur le port série
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
USB :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
que par des utilisateurs membres d’un groupe spécial qui peut être <code>dialout</code>
ou <code>uucp</code>. Cela peut être vérifié en listant les permissions associées au
périphérique, par exemple via <code>ls - l /dev/ttyUSB0</code>. Notez que le numéro
dans le nom de fichier dépend du nombre de périphériques USB que vous avez
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
branchés et peut être ajusté au besoin.Si vous n’êtes pas root, vous n’êtes
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas utiliser le port
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
USB. Admettons que votre nom d’utilisateur soit <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
<code>dialout</code>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
vérifiez que
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
être listé
parmi les différents IDs.
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexion
puis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">17.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
different procedure to get the device’
<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log →
Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<strong>Jumeler l’ordinateur utilisant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’ordinateur de plongée.</strong>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">17.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_macos">17.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_linux">17.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right of
the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties with
some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try that
first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have
a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
process.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
Activez le contrôleur Bluetooth et jumelez votre ordinateur de plongée
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Establish an RFCOMM connection
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the dives with Subsurface
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>,
<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then
<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and
will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait
CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command
line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
status.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*DOWN*
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-11-28 08:10:57 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <em><code>UP</code></em>, <em><code>RUNNING</code></em> AND <em><code>AUTH</code></em>.</p></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to turn off the
unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
5, such as Fedora 22, you can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>bluetoothctl
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
[bluetooth]# agent on
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
Discovery started
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
Pairing successful
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
Scanning ...
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is paired, set up the RFCOMM connection.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-30 12:58:24 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you omit it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
Service Name: Serial Port
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
Service Class ID List:
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
Protocol Descriptor List:
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
Channel: 5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">18. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">18.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
you don’
file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this
is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
</tr></table>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you
cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time you download
dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is
straightforward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this
more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">18.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo dive
computer and download dive information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the
ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Pour les ordinateurs Apple Mac, la connexion IrDA via l’interface MCS7780
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
n’est plus disponible depuis OSX 10.6 ou supérieur.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">18.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
factors in the <em>Profile Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
the DR5.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">18.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
in the <em>Profile Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
BLACK.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">18.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">18.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilizes the
IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
in three files:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log
information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">18.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
Clipboard</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled
<em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import
dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required,
do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD
dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is
DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible
to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first importing
CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are viewed by
selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading has been
completed)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer-
generated ceiling provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the
appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data
are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the
<em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">19. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">19.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<td class="content">DiveManager is a Windows application for Suunto dive computers. Divemanager
3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent Suunto dive
computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The different
versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
conventions to export dive log data.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
appropriate dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
last dive
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
<em>Export Path</em>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
A file-manager like window pops up
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Navigate to the directory for storing the
Divelog.SDE file
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Optionally change the name of the file for saving
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
dives are stored. You can either look for the original database or make a
backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Help → About</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Ouvrir l’explorateur Windows
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">19.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows downloading
of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. The divelog is
kept in a SQLite database at
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">19.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
<table><tr>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy of
the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Within Dive Organizer, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
file <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">19.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</td>
<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and information of
what units are used. With database import, all this information is included
and readily available.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Settings</em> button
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Close the Settings dialog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’
do is save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">20. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2016-07-21 09:09:07 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
fichier CSV est simple malgré que la procédure soit différente selon le
tableur utilisé.</p></div>
2017-10-11 08:37:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur pour que la première ligne
contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne et que les informations de
chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte
de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS,
Max. Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et Tags). Organiser les
données de plongées selon quelques règles simples :</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
entre les unités impériales et métriques)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
virgules.
</p>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496
30.821798
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">20.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import
the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing
CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-10-20 20:57:34 +00:00
<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">20.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. You can change the
character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
outlined below.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em>
from the list on the right-hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<p>
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
Do the following: ** In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click
<em>Customize this format</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
file, type the word TAB in the box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>OK</em> twice.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the
appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">21. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs
to produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well
as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>,
<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified
templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the dive log
being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select one of the
templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue (see image
<strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired
printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color
template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for
printing the dive log. The colors are highly customizable: the <em>Edit</em>
buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in a highly simple but
efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and
saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as the dive being
processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with no specific
print instructions. The information printed needs to be specified and
formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it
should be rendered.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the
template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">21.1. Main dive loop</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back
end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
.template.html</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
<h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
{% endfor %}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<h1> 2 </h1>
<h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
</div></div>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">21.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster for the dive</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sumWeight</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the summed weight of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">startPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the start pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">endPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the end pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">firstGas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) first used gas</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2018-06-26 08:19:17 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that some of the variables like <em>notes</em> need to be extended with
<em>|safe</em> to support HTML tags:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <p> {{ dive.notes|safe }} </p></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise tags like <em>br</em> would not be converted to line breaks.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
is shown in the following table:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
contains a single member:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">21.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special
2017-07-04 11:53:33 +00:00
<em>CSS</em> selectors to search in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
following table should be added.</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2017-01-11 09:50:53 +00:00
<h3 id="_special_attributes">21.4. Special attributes</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as many dives as possible into
one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
rendering mode.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
render 6 dives per page:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render as much dives as possible:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
page size.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_F">22. APPENDIX F: Setting up video thumbnails.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_setting_up_the_appropriate_thumbnails_for_videos_that_are_associated_with_dives">22.1. Setting up the appropriate thumbnails for videos that are associated with dives.</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In handling video associated with dives, <em>Subsurface</em> needs to create a
thumbnail for each video that can be shown either on the dive profile or in
the <em>Media</em> tab. By default this is a nonspecific placeholder thumbnail. To
see thumbnails that represent individual videos, <em>Subsurface</em> uses an
external program calle <em>FFmpeg</em>. To create thumbnails for videos, do two
things:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Install <em>FFmpeg</em> on the computer that runs <em>Subsurface</em>. The program can be
downloaded from the FFmpeg web site:
<a href="https://www.ffmpeg.org/download.html">https://www.ffmpeg.org/download.html</a>. Most Linux distributions ship with an
<em>ffmpeg</em> package and therefore do not need an additional download.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
On Windows, put the <em>ffmpeg.exe</em> file in the directory containing the <em>Subsurface</em> executable.
On Mac and Linux, make sure the <em>ffmpeg</em> command is in the path. This should be the case for
<em>FFmpeg</em> installed from official packages.
</p>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
In the <em>General</em> tab of the <a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a>, set the
preferences for generating video thumbnails. This is achieved by:
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Checking the <em>Extract video thumbnails</em> box. If <em>Subsurface</em> fails to load the <em>FFmpeg</em> executable,
this option will be turned off. Re-enable it after successfully installing <em>FFmpeg</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Specifying the path to the <em>FFmpeg</em> executable.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Choose the position in the video where <em>Subsurface</em>
should try to extract the thumbnail. The left-most and right-most positions of the <em>Extract at position</em>
slider signify the beginning and the end of the video, respectively. Note that if <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
determine the length of the video (this can be the case for AVI files), the first frame
of the video will be used.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This should complete the setup of video thumbnails and they should now
appear on the dive profile and in the <em>Media</em> tab.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_g_faqs">23. APPENDIX G: FAQs.</h2>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_G">23.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas
consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
end pressure)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
calculation is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
pressure.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">23.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
dive”.</p></div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2018-11-05 08:25:51 +00:00
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">23.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, even
though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
dives? <em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the
log. The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the
dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The exact
amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on sample
interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives
get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last
13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can import
these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
2017-02-03 14:39:45 +00:00
Last updated
2024-02-08 18:41:30 +00:00
2024-02-08 08:51:28 PST
2016-03-12 13:04:51 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</body>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</html>
